src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 /*
  13     TODO:
  14
  15     - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay
  16     - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw()
  17     - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess.
  18     - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns.
  19  */
  20
  21 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  22 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  23
  24 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  25     #pragma hdrstop
  26 #endif
  27
  28 #if wxUSE_GRID
  29
  30 #include "wx/grid.h"
  31
  32 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  33     #include "wx/utils.h"
  34     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  35     #include "wx/settings.h"
  36     #include "wx/log.h"
  37     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  38     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  39     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  40     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  41     #include "wx/intl.h"
  42     #include "wx/math.h"
  43     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  44 #endif
  45
  46 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  47 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  48 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  49 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  50 #include "wx/headerctrl.h"
  51
  52 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  53
  54 const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid";
  55
  56 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  57     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  58 #else
  59     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  60 #endif
  61
  62 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  63     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  64 #else
  65     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  66 #endif
  67
  68 // Required for wxIs... functions
  69 #include <ctype.h>
  70
  71 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  72 // array classes
  73 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  74
  75 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  76                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  77
  78 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  79 {
  80     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  81         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  82     {
  83         wxASSERT( attr );
  84     }
  85
  86     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  87         : coords(other.coords),
  88           attr(other.attr)
  89     {
  90         attr->IncRef();
  91     }
  92
  93     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  94     {
  95         coords = other.coords;
  96         if (attr != other.attr)
  97         {
  98             attr->DecRef();
  99             attr = other.attr;
 100             attr->IncRef();
 101         }
 102         return *this;
 103     }
 104
 105     void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr)
 106     {
 107         if (attr != new_attr)
 108         {
 109             // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute.
 110             attr->DecRef();
 111             attr = new_attr;
 112             // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef.
 113         }
 114     }
 115
 116     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
 117     {
 118         attr->DecRef();
 119     }
 120
 121     wxGridCellCoords coords;
 122     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 123 };
 124
 125 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 126                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 127
 128 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 129
 130 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 131 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 132
 133 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 134 // events
 135 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 136
 137 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 138 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 139 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 140 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 141 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 142 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 143 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 144 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 145 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 146 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 147 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 148 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 149 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT)
 150 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 151 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 152 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 153 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 154 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 155 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 156
 157 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 158 // private classes
 159 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 160
 161 // header column providing access to the column information stored in wxGrid
 162 // via wxHeaderColumn interface
 163 class wxGridHeaderColumn : public wxHeaderColumn
 164 {
 165 public:
 166     wxGridHeaderColumn(wxGrid *grid, int col)
 167         : m_grid(grid),
 168           m_col(col)
 169     {
 170     }
 171
 172     virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_grid->GetColLabelValue(m_col); }
 173     virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return wxNullBitmap; }
 174     virtual int GetWidth() const { return m_grid->GetColSize(m_col); }
 175     virtual int GetMinWidth() const { return 0; }
 176     virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const
 177     {
 178         int horz,
 179             vert;
 180         m_grid->GetColLabelAlignment(&horz, &vert);
 181
 182         return static_cast<wxAlignment>(horz);
 183     }
 184
 185     virtual int GetFlags() const
 186     {
 187         int flags = 0;
 188         if ( m_grid->CanDragColSize() )
 189             flags |= wxCOL_RESIZABLE;
 190         if ( m_grid->CanDragColMove() )
 191             flags |= wxCOL_REORDERABLE;
 192
 193         return flags;
 194     }
 195
 196     virtual bool IsSortKey() const
 197     {
 198         return m_grid->IsSortingBy(m_col);
 199     }
 200
 201     virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const
 202     {
 203         return m_grid->IsSortOrderAscending();
 204     }
 205
 206 private:
 207     // these really should be const but are not because the column needs to be
 208     // assignable to be used in a wxVector (in STL build, in non-STL build we
 209     // avoid the need for this)
 210     wxGrid *m_grid;
 211     int m_col;
 212 };
 213
 214 // header control retreiving column information from the grid
 215 class wxGridHeaderCtrl : public wxHeaderCtrl
 216 {
 217 public:
 218     wxGridHeaderCtrl(wxGrid *owner)
 219         : wxHeaderCtrl(owner,
 220                        wxID_ANY,
 221                        wxDefaultPosition,
 222                        wxDefaultSize,
 223                        owner->CanDragColMove() ? wxHD_DRAGDROP : 0)
 224     {
 225     }
 226
 227 protected:
 228     virtual wxHeaderColumn& GetColumn(unsigned int idx)
 229     {
 230         return m_columns[idx];
 231     }
 232
 233 private:
 234     wxGrid *GetOwner() const { return static_cast<wxGrid *>(GetParent()); }
 235
 236     // override the base class method to update our m_columns array
 237     virtual void OnColumnCountChanging(unsigned int count)
 238     {
 239         const unsigned countOld = m_columns.size();
 240         if ( count < countOld )
 241         {
 242             // just discard the columns which don't exist any more (notice that
 243             // we can't use resize() here as it would require the vector
 244             // value_type, i.e. wxGridHeaderColumn to be default constructible,
 245             // which it is not)
 246             m_columns.erase(m_columns.begin() + count, m_columns.end());
 247         }
 248         else // new columns added
 249         {
 250             // add columns for the new elements
 251             for ( unsigned n = countOld; n < count; n++ )
 252                 m_columns.push_back(wxGridHeaderColumn(GetOwner(), n));
 253         }
 254     }
 255
 256     // override to implement column auto sizing
 257     virtual bool UpdateColumnWidthToFit(unsigned int idx, int widthTitle)
 258     {
 259         // TODO: currently grid doesn't support computing the column best width
 260         //       from its contents so we just use the best label width as is
 261         GetOwner()->SetColSize(idx, widthTitle);
 262
 263         return true;
 264     }
 265
 266
 267     // event handlers forwarding wxHeaderCtrl events to wxGrid
 268     void OnClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 269     {
 270         GetOwner()->DoColHeaderClick(event.GetColumn());
 271     }
 272
 273     void OnBeginResize(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 274     {
 275         GetOwner()->DoStartResizeCol(event.GetColumn());
 276
 277         event.Skip();
 278     }
 279
 280     void OnResizing(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 281     {
 282         GetOwner()->DoUpdateResizeColWidth(event.GetWidth());
 283     }
 284
 285     void OnEndResize(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 286     {
 287         GetOwner()->DoEndDragResizeCol();
 288
 289         event.Skip();
 290     }
 291
 292     void OnBeginReorder(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 293     {
 294         GetOwner()->DoStartMoveCol(event.GetColumn());
 295     }
 296
 297     void OnEndReorder(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 298     {
 299         GetOwner()->DoEndMoveCol(event.GetNewOrder());
 300     }
 301
 302     wxVector<wxGridHeaderColumn> m_columns;
 303
 304     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 305     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridHeaderCtrl)
 306 };
 307
 308 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl)
 309     EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick)
 310
 311     EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize)
 312     EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing)
 313     EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize)
 314
 315     EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder)
 316     EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder)
 317 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 318
 319 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 320 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 321 {
 322 public:
 323     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 324                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 325                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 326         : wxWindow(owner, wxID_ANY,
 327                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 328                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 329                    name)
 330     {
 331         m_owner = owner;
 332     }
 333
 334     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 335
 336     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 337
 338 protected:
 339     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 340
 341     wxGrid *m_owner;
 342
 343     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 344     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 345 };
 346
 347 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 348 {
 349 public:
 350     wxGridRowLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent)
 351       : wxGridSubwindow(parent)
 352     {
 353     }
 354
 355
 356 private:
 357     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 358     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 359     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 360
 361     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 362     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 363 };
 364
 365
 366 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 367 {
 368 public:
 369     wxGridColLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent)
 370         : wxGridSubwindow(parent)
 371     {
 372     }
 373
 374
 375 private:
 376     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 377     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 378     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 379
 380     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 381     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 382 };
 383
 384
 385 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 386 {
 387 public:
 388     wxGridCornerLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent)
 389         : wxGridSubwindow(parent)
 390     {
 391     }
 392
 393 private:
 394     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 395     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 396     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 397
 398     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 399     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 400 };
 401
 402 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 403 {
 404 public:
 405     wxGridWindow(wxGrid *parent)
 406         : wxGridSubwindow(parent,
 407                           wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
 408                           "GridWindow")
 409     {
 410     }
 411
 412
 413     virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 414
 415     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 416
 417 private:
 418     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 419     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 420     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 421     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 422     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 423     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 424     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 425     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 426
 427     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 428     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 429 };
 430
 431
 432 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 433 {
 434 public:
 435     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 436         : m_grid(grid),
 437           m_editor(editor),
 438           m_inSetFocus(false)
 439     {
 440     }
 441
 442     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 443     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 444     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 445
 446     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 447
 448 private:
 449     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 450     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 451
 452     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 453     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 454     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 455
 456     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 457     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 458     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 459 };
 460
 461
 462 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 463
 464 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 465     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 466     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 467     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 468 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 469
 470
 471 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 472 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 473 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 474
 475 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 476 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 477 {
 478 public:
 479     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 480     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 481     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 482     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 483
 484 private:
 485     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 486     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 487
 488     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 489 };
 490
 491 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 492 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 493 {
 494 public:
 495     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 496     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 497     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 498
 499     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 500     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 501     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 502
 503 private:
 504     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 505     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 506 };
 507
 508 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 509 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 510 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 511 {
 512 public:
 513     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 514     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 515                            m_colAttrs;
 516 };
 517
 518
 519 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 520 // data structures used for the data type registry
 521 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 522
 523 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 524 {
 525     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 526                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 527                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 528         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 529         {}
 530
 531     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 532     {
 533         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 534         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 535     }
 536
 537     wxString            m_typeName;
 538     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 539     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 540
 541     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 542 };
 543
 544
 545 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 546                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 547
 548
 549 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 550 {
 551 public:
 552     wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 553     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 554
 555     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 556                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 557                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 558
 559     // find one of already registered data types
 560     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 561
 562     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 563     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 564     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 565
 566     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 567     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 568     // registered data type and set params for it
 569     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 570
 571     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 572     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 573
 574 private:
 575     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 576 };
 577
 578 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 579 // operations classes abstracting the difference between operating on rows and
 580 // columns
 581 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 582
 583 // This class allows to write a function only once because by using its methods
 584 // it will apply to both columns and rows.
 585 //
 586 // This is an abstract interface definition, the two concrete implementations
 587 // below should be used when working with rows and columns respectively.
 588 class wxGridOperations
 589 {
 590 public:
 591     // Returns the operations in the other direction, i.e. wxGridRowOperations
 592     // if this object is a wxGridColumnOperations and vice versa.
 593     virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const = 0;
 594
 595     // Return the number of rows or columns.
 596     virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 597
 598     // Return the selection mode which allows selecting rows or columns.
 599     virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const = 0;
 600
 601     // Make a wxGridCellCoords from the given components: thisDir is row or
 602     // column and otherDir is column or row
 603     virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const = 0;
 604
 605     // Calculate the scrolled position of the given abscissa or ordinate.
 606     virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const = 0;
 607
 608     // Selects the horizontal or vertical component from the given object.
 609     virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0;
 610     virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const = 0;
 611     virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const = 0;
 612     virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const = 0;
 613     virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const = 0;
 614
 615     // Returns width or height of the rectangle
 616     virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const = 0;
 617
 618     // Make a wxSize such that Select() applied to it returns first component
 619     virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const = 0;
 620
 621     // Sets the row or column component of the given cell coordinates
 622     virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const = 0;
 623
 624
 625     // Draws a line parallel to the row or column, i.e. horizontal or vertical:
 626     // pos is the horizontal or vertical position of the line and start and end
 627     // are the coordinates of the line extremities in the other direction
 628     virtual void
 629         DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const = 0;
 630
 631     // Draw a horizontal or vertical line across the given rectangle
 632     // (this is implemented in terms of above and uses Select() to extract
 633     // start and end from the given rectangle)
 634     void DrawParallelLineInRect(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int pos) const
 635     {
 636         const int posStart = Select(rect.GetPosition());
 637         DrawParallelLine(dc, posStart, posStart + Select(rect.GetSize()), pos);
 638     }
 639
 640
 641     // Return the index of the row or column at the given pixel coordinate.
 642     virtual int
 643         PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const = 0;
 644
 645     // Get the top/left position, in pixels, of the given row or column
 646     virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0;
 647
 648     // Get the bottom/right position, in pixels, of the given row or column
 649     virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0;
 650
 651     // Get the height/width of the given row/column
 652     virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0;
 653
 654     // Get wxGrid::m_rowBottoms/m_colRights array
 655     virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 656
 657     // Get default height row height or column width
 658     virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 659
 660     // Return the minimal acceptable row height or column width
 661     virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 662
 663     // Return the minimal row height or column width
 664     virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0;
 665
 666     // Set the row height or column width
 667     virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const = 0;
 668
 669     // True if rows/columns can be resized by user
 670     virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 671
 672
 673     // Return the index of the line at the given position
 674     //
 675     // NB: currently this is always identity for the rows as reordering is only
 676     //     implemented for the lines
 677     virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0;
 678
 679
 680     // Get the row or column label window
 681     virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 682
 683     // Get the width or height of the row or column label window
 684     virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 685
 686
 687     // This class is never used polymorphically but give it a virtual dtor
 688     // anyhow to suppress g++ complaints about it
 689     virtual ~wxGridOperations() { }
 690 };
 691
 692 class wxGridRowOperations : public wxGridOperations
 693 {
 694 public:
 695     virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const;
 696
 697     virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const
 698         { return grid->GetNumberRows(); }
 699
 700     virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const
 701         { return wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows; }
 702
 703     virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const
 704         { return wxGridCellCoords(thisDir, otherDir); }
 705
 706     virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const
 707         { return grid->CalcScrolledPosition(wxPoint(pos, 0)).x; }
 708
 709     virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const { return c.GetRow(); }
 710     virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const { return pt.x; }
 711     virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const { return sz.x; }
 712     virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const { return r.x; }
 713     virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const { return r.x; }
 714     virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const { return r.width; }
 715     virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const
 716         { return wxSize(first, second); }
 717     virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const
 718         { coords.SetRow(line); }
 719
 720     virtual void DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const
 721         { dc.DrawLine(start, pos, end, pos); }
 722
 723     virtual int PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const
 724         { return grid->YToRow(pos, clip); }
 725     virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 726         { return grid->GetRowTop(line); }
 727     virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 728         { return grid->GetRowBottom(line); }
 729     virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 730         { return grid->GetRowHeight(line); }
 731     virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const
 732         { return grid->m_rowBottoms; }
 733     virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const
 734         { return grid->GetDefaultRowSize(); }
 735     virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const
 736         { return grid->GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(); }
 737     virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 738         { return grid->GetRowMinimalHeight(line); }
 739     virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const
 740         { grid->SetRowSize(line, size); }
 741     virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const
 742         { return grid->CanDragRowSize(); }
 743
 744     virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid * WXUNUSED(grid), int line) const
 745         { return line; } // TODO: implement row reordering
 746
 747     virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const
 748         { return grid->GetGridRowLabelWindow(); }
 749     virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const
 750         { return grid->GetRowLabelSize(); }
 751 };
 752
 753 class wxGridColumnOperations : public wxGridOperations
 754 {
 755 public:
 756     virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const;
 757
 758     virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const
 759         { return grid->GetNumberCols(); }
 760
 761     virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const
 762         { return wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns; }
 763
 764     virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const
 765         { return wxGridCellCoords(otherDir, thisDir); }
 766
 767     virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const
 768         { return grid->CalcScrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, pos)).y; }
 769
 770     virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const { return c.GetCol(); }
 771     virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const { return pt.y; }
 772     virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const { return sz.y; }
 773     virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const { return r.y; }
 774     virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const { return r.y; }
 775     virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const { return r.height; }
 776     virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const
 777         { return wxSize(second, first); }
 778     virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const
 779         { coords.SetCol(line); }
 780
 781     virtual void DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const
 782         { dc.DrawLine(pos, start, pos, end); }
 783
 784     virtual int PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const
 785         { return grid->XToCol(pos, clip); }
 786     virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 787         { return grid->GetColLeft(line); }
 788     virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 789         { return grid->GetColRight(line); }
 790     virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 791         { return grid->GetColWidth(line); }
 792     virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const
 793         { return grid->m_colRights; }
 794     virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const
 795         { return grid->GetDefaultColSize(); }
 796     virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const
 797         { return grid->GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth(); }
 798     virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 799         { return grid->GetColMinimalWidth(line); }
 800     virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const
 801         { grid->SetColSize(line, size); }
 802     virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const
 803         { return grid->CanDragColSize(); }
 804
 805     virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 806         { return grid->GetColAt(line); }
 807
 808     virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const
 809         { return grid->GetGridColLabelWindow(); }
 810     virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const
 811         { return grid->GetColLabelSize(); }
 812 };
 813
 814 wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const
 815 {
 816     static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper;
 817
 818     return s_colOper;
 819 }
 820
 821 wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const
 822 {
 823     static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper;
 824
 825     return s_rowOper;
 826 }
 827
 828 // This class abstracts the difference between operations going forward
 829 // (down/right) and backward (up/left) and allows to use the same code for
 830 // functions which differ only in the direction of grid traversal
 831 //
 832 // Like wxGridOperations it's an ABC with two concrete subclasses below. Unlike
 833 // it, this is a normal object and not just a function dispatch table and has a
 834 // non-default ctor.
 835 //
 836 // Note: the explanation of this discrepancy is the existence of (very useful)
 837 // Dual() method in wxGridOperations which forces us to make wxGridOperations a
 838 // function dispatcher only.
 839 class wxGridDirectionOperations
 840 {
 841 public:
 842     // The oper parameter to ctor selects whether we work with rows or columns
 843     wxGridDirectionOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper)
 844         : m_grid(grid),
 845           m_oper(oper)
 846     {
 847     }
 848
 849     // Check if the component of this point in our direction is at the
 850     // boundary, i.e. is the first/last row/column
 851     virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0;
 852
 853     // Increment the component of this point in our direction
 854     virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0;
 855
 856     // Find the line at the given distance, in pixels, away from this one
 857     // (this uses clipping, i.e. anything after the last line is counted as the
 858     // last one and anything before the first one as 0)
 859     virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const = 0;
 860
 861     // This class is never used polymorphically but give it a virtual dtor
 862     // anyhow to suppress g++ complaints about it
 863     virtual ~wxGridDirectionOperations() { }
 864
 865 protected:
 866     wxGrid * const m_grid;
 867     const wxGridOperations& m_oper;
 868 };
 869
 870 class wxGridBackwardOperations : public wxGridDirectionOperations
 871 {
 872 public:
 873     wxGridBackwardOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper)
 874         : wxGridDirectionOperations(grid, oper)
 875     {
 876     }
 877
 878     virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const
 879     {
 880         wxASSERT_MSG( m_oper.Select(coords) >= 0, "invalid row/column" );
 881
 882         return m_oper.Select(coords) == 0;
 883     }
 884
 885     virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const
 886     {
 887         wxASSERT( !IsAtBoundary(coords) );
 888
 889         m_oper.Set(coords, m_oper.Select(coords) - 1);
 890     }
 891
 892     virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const
 893     {
 894         int pos = m_oper.GetLineStartPos(m_grid, line);
 895         return m_oper.PosToLine(m_grid, pos - distance + 1, true);
 896     }
 897 };
 898
 899 class wxGridForwardOperations : public wxGridDirectionOperations
 900 {
 901 public:
 902     wxGridForwardOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper)
 903         : wxGridDirectionOperations(grid, oper),
 904           m_numLines(oper.GetNumberOfLines(grid))
 905     {
 906     }
 907
 908     virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const
 909     {
 910         wxASSERT_MSG( m_oper.Select(coords) < m_numLines, "invalid row/column" );
 911
 912         return m_oper.Select(coords) == m_numLines - 1;
 913     }
 914
 915     virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const
 916     {
 917         wxASSERT( !IsAtBoundary(coords) );
 918
 919         m_oper.Set(coords, m_oper.Select(coords) + 1);
 920     }
 921
 922     virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const
 923     {
 924         int pos = m_oper.GetLineStartPos(m_grid, line);
 925         return m_oper.PosToLine(m_grid, pos + distance, true);
 926     }
 927
 928 private:
 929     const int m_numLines;
 930 };
 931
 932 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 933 // globals
 934 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 935
 936 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 937 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 938     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 939     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 940 #endif
 941
 942 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 943 // constants
 944 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 945
 946 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 947 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 948
 949 namespace
 950 {
 951
 952 // scroll line size
 953 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;
 954 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 955
 956 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 957 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 958 const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 959
 960 // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag
 961 // operation
 962 const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3;
 963
 964 } // anonymous namespace
 965
 966 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 967 // private helpers
 968 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 969
 970 namespace
 971 {
 972
 973 // ensure that first is less or equal to second, swapping the values if
 974 // necessary
 975 void EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(int& first, int& second)
 976 {
 977     if ( first > second )
 978         wxSwap(first, second);
 979 }
 980
 981 } // anonymous namespace
 982
 983 // ============================================================================
 984 // implementation
 985 // ============================================================================
 986
 987 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 988 // wxGridCellEditor
 989 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 990
 991 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 992 {
 993     m_control = NULL;
 994     m_attr = NULL;
 995 }
 996
 997 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 998 {
 999     Destroy();
1000 }
1001
1002 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
1003                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
1004                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1005 {
1006     if ( evtHandler )
1007         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
1008 }
1009
1010 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1011                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1012 {
1013     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
1014     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
1015     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
1016     if (gridWindow)
1017         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
1018
1019     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
1020     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour()));
1021     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
1022
1023     // redraw the control we just painted over
1024     m_control->Refresh();
1025 }
1026
1027 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
1028 {
1029     if (m_control)
1030     {
1031         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
1032
1033         m_control->Destroy();
1034         m_control = NULL;
1035     }
1036 }
1037
1038 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1039 {
1040     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1041
1042     m_control->Show(show);
1043
1044     if ( show )
1045     {
1046         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
1047         if ( attr )
1048         {
1049             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
1050             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
1051
1052             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
1053             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
1054
1055 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
1056 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
1057             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
1058             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
1059 #endif
1060
1061             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
1062             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
1063         }
1064     }
1065     else
1066     {
1067         // restore the standard colours fonts
1068         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
1069         {
1070             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
1071             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
1072         }
1073
1074         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
1075         {
1076             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
1077             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
1078         }
1079
1080 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
1081 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
1082         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
1083         {
1084             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
1085             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
1086         }
1087 #endif
1088     }
1089 }
1090
1091 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
1092 {
1093     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1094
1095     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
1096 }
1097
1098 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
1099 {
1100     event.Skip();
1101 }
1102
1103 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1104 {
1105     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
1106     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
1107
1108 #ifdef __WXMAC__
1109     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
1110     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
1111     alt = event.MetaDown();
1112 #endif
1113
1114     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
1115     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
1116     // through in that case.
1117     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
1118         return false;
1119
1120 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
1121     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
1122     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
1123     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
1124     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
1125     if ( event.GetUnicodeKey() > 127 && event.GetKeyCode() > 127 )
1126         return false;
1127 #else
1128     if ( event.GetKeyCode() > 255 )
1129         return false;
1130 #endif
1131
1132     return true;
1133 }
1134
1135 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1136 {
1137     event.Skip();
1138 }
1139
1140 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
1141 {
1142 }
1143
1144 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1145
1146 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1147 // wxGridCellTextEditor
1148 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1149
1150 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
1151 {
1152     m_maxChars = 0;
1153 }
1154
1155 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1156                                   wxWindowID id,
1157                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1158 {
1159     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
1160 }
1161
1162 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
1163                                     wxWindowID id,
1164                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
1165                                     long style)
1166 {
1167     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER;
1168
1169     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1170                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1171                                style);
1172
1173     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
1174     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
1175     {
1176         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
1177     }
1178
1179     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1180 }
1181
1182 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
1183                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
1184 {
1185     // as we fill the entire client area,
1186     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
1187 }
1188
1189 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
1190 {
1191     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
1192
1193     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
1194     //
1195     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
1196     //
1197 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
1198     if (rect.x != 0)
1199     {
1200         rect.x += 1;
1201         rect.y += 1;
1202         rect.width -= 1;
1203         rect.height -= 1;
1204     }
1205 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1206     if ( rect.x == 0 )
1207         rect.x += 2;
1208     else
1209         rect.x += 3;
1210
1211     if ( rect.y == 0 )
1212         rect.y += 2;
1213     else
1214         rect.y += 3;
1215
1216     rect.width -= 2;
1217     rect.height -= 2;
1218 #else
1219     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
1220     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
1221
1222     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
1223         extra_x *= 2;
1224         extra_y *= 2;
1225     #endif
1226
1227     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
1228     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
1229     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
1230     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
1231 #endif
1232
1233     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
1234 }
1235
1236 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1237 {
1238     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1239
1240     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1241
1242     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
1243 }
1244
1245 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
1246 {
1247     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
1248     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1249     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
1250     Text()->SetFocus();
1251 }
1252
1253 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1254 {
1255     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1256
1257     bool changed = false;
1258     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
1259     if (value != m_startValue)
1260         changed = true;
1261
1262     if (changed)
1263         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1264
1265     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
1266
1267     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
1268     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1269
1270     return changed;
1271 }
1272
1273 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
1274 {
1275     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1276
1277     DoReset(m_startValue);
1278 }
1279
1280 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
1281 {
1282     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
1283     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1284 }
1285
1286 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1287 {
1288     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
1289 }
1290
1291 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1292 {
1293     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
1294     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
1295     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
1296     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
1297
1298     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
1299     wxChar ch;
1300     long pos;
1301
1302 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
1303     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
1304     if (ch <= 127)
1305         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
1306 #else
1307     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
1308 #endif
1309
1310     switch (ch)
1311     {
1312         case WXK_DELETE:
1313             // delete the character at the cursor
1314             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
1315             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
1316                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
1317             break;
1318
1319         case WXK_BACK:
1320             // delete the character before the cursor
1321             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
1322             if (pos > 0)
1323                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
1324             break;
1325
1326         default:
1327             tc->WriteText(ch);
1328             break;
1329     }
1330 }
1331
1332 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
1333                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
1334 {
1335 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
1336     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
1337     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
1338     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
1339     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
1340     Text()->SetValue(s);
1341     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
1342 #else
1343     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
1344     //
1345     event.Skip();
1346 #endif
1347 }
1348
1349 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1350 {
1351     if ( !params )
1352     {
1353         // reset to default
1354         m_maxChars = 0;
1355     }
1356     else
1357     {
1358         long tmp;
1359         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
1360         {
1361             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
1362         }
1363         else
1364         {
1365             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
1366         }
1367     }
1368 }
1369
1370 // return the value in the text control
1371 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
1372 {
1373     return Text()->GetValue();
1374 }
1375
1376 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1377 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
1378 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1379
1380 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
1381 {
1382     m_min = min;
1383     m_max = max;
1384 }
1385
1386 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1387                                     wxWindowID id,
1388                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1389 {
1390 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1391     if ( HasRange() )
1392     {
1393         // create a spin ctrl
1394         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
1395                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1396                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
1397                                    m_min, m_max);
1398
1399         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1400     }
1401     else
1402 #endif
1403     {
1404         // just a text control
1405         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1406
1407 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1408         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1409 #endif
1410     }
1411 }
1412
1413 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1414 {
1415     // first get the value
1416     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1417     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1418     {
1419         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
1420     }
1421     else
1422     {
1423         m_valueOld = 0;
1424         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1425         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1426         {
1427             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
1428             return;
1429         }
1430     }
1431
1432 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1433     if ( HasRange() )
1434     {
1435         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
1436         Spin()->SetFocus();
1437     }
1438     else
1439 #endif
1440     {
1441         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1442     }
1443 }
1444
1445 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1446                                      wxGrid* grid)
1447 {
1448     long value = 0;
1449     wxString text;
1450
1451 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1452     if ( HasRange() )
1453     {
1454         value = Spin()->GetValue();
1455         if ( value == m_valueOld )
1456             return false;
1457
1458         text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1459     }
1460     else // using unconstrained input
1461 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1462     {
1463         const wxString textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1464         text = Text()->GetValue();
1465         if ( text.empty() )
1466         {
1467             if ( textOld.empty() )
1468                 return false;
1469         }
1470         else // non-empty text now (maybe 0)
1471         {
1472             if ( !text.ToLong(&value) )
1473                 return false;
1474
1475             // if value == m_valueOld == 0 but old text was "" and new one is
1476             // "0" something still did change
1477             if ( value == m_valueOld && (value || !textOld.empty()) )
1478                 return false;
1479         }
1480     }
1481
1482     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1483     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1484         table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
1485     else
1486         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1487
1488     return true;
1489 }
1490
1491 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
1492 {
1493 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1494     if ( HasRange() )
1495     {
1496         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
1497     }
1498     else
1499 #endif
1500     {
1501         DoReset(GetString());
1502     }
1503 }
1504
1505 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1506 {
1507     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1508     {
1509         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1510         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1511              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
1512         {
1513             return true;
1514         }
1515     }
1516
1517     return false;
1518 }
1519
1520 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1521 {
1522     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1523     if ( !HasRange() )
1524     {
1525         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1526         {
1527             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1528
1529             // skip Skip() below
1530             return;
1531         }
1532     }
1533 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1534     else
1535     {
1536         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1537         {
1538             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1539             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1540             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1541             return;
1542         }
1543     }
1544 #endif
1545
1546     event.Skip();
1547 }
1548
1549 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1550 {
1551     if ( !params )
1552     {
1553         // reset to default
1554         m_min =
1555         m_max = -1;
1556     }
1557     else
1558     {
1559         long tmp;
1560         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1561         {
1562             m_min = (int)tmp;
1563
1564             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1565             {
1566                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1567
1568                 // skip the error message below
1569                 return;
1570             }
1571         }
1572
1573         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1574     }
1575 }
1576
1577 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1578 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1579 {
1580     wxString s;
1581
1582 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1583     if ( HasRange() )
1584     {
1585         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1586         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1587     }
1588     else
1589 #endif
1590     {
1591         s = Text()->GetValue();
1592     }
1593
1594     return s;
1595 }
1596
1597 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1598 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1599 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1600
1601 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1602 {
1603     m_width = width;
1604     m_precision = precision;
1605 }
1606
1607 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1608                                    wxWindowID id,
1609                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1610 {
1611     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1612
1613 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1614     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1615 #endif
1616 }
1617
1618 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1619 {
1620     // first get the value
1621     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1622     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1623     {
1624         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1625     }
1626     else
1627     {
1628         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1629
1630         const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col);
1631         if ( !value.empty() )
1632         {
1633             if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) )
1634             {
1635                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1636                 return;
1637             }
1638         }
1639     }
1640
1641     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1642 }
1643
1644 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1645 {
1646     const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()),
1647                    textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1648
1649     double value;
1650     if ( !text.empty() )
1651     {
1652         if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) )
1653             return false;
1654     }
1655     else // new value is empty string
1656     {
1657         if ( textOld.empty() )
1658             return false;           // nothing changed
1659
1660         value = 0.;
1661     }
1662
1663     // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting
1664     // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0.
1665     if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) && !text.empty() && !textOld.empty() )
1666         return false;           // nothing changed
1667
1668     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1669
1670     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1671         table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1672     else
1673         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1674
1675     return true;
1676 }
1677
1678 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1679 {
1680     DoReset(GetString());
1681 }
1682
1683 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1684 {
1685     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1686     char tmpbuf[2];
1687     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1688     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1689     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1690
1691 #if wxUSE_INTL
1692     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1693        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1694 #else
1695     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1696 #endif
1697
1698     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1699          || is_decimal_point )
1700     {
1701         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1702
1703         // skip Skip() below
1704         return;
1705     }
1706
1707     event.Skip();
1708 }
1709
1710 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1711 {
1712     if ( !params )
1713     {
1714         // reset to default
1715         m_width =
1716         m_precision = -1;
1717     }
1718     else
1719     {
1720         long tmp;
1721         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1722         {
1723             m_width = (int)tmp;
1724
1725             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1726             {
1727                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1728
1729                 // skip the error message below
1730                 return;
1731             }
1732         }
1733
1734         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1735     }
1736 }
1737
1738 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1739 {
1740     wxString fmt;
1741     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1742     {
1743         // default precision
1744         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1745     }
1746     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1747     {
1748         // default width
1749         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1750     }
1751     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1752     {
1753         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1754     }
1755     else
1756     {
1757         // default width/precision
1758         fmt = _T("%f");
1759     }
1760
1761     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1762 }
1763
1764 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1765 {
1766     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1767     {
1768         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1769         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1770         {
1771             char tmpbuf[2];
1772             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1773             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1774             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1775
1776 #if wxUSE_INTL
1777             const wxString decimalPoint =
1778                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1779 #else
1780             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1781 #endif
1782
1783             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1784             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1785                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1786                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1787                             keycode == '+' ||
1788                                 keycode == '-' )
1789             {
1790                 return true;
1791             }
1792         }
1793     }
1794
1795     return false;
1796 }
1797
1798 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1799
1800 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1801
1802 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1803 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1804 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1805
1806 // the default values for GetValue()
1807 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1808
1809 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1810                                   wxWindowID id,
1811                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1812 {
1813     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1814                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1815                                wxNO_BORDER);
1816
1817     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1818 }
1819
1820 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1821 {
1822     bool resize = false;
1823     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1824     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1825
1826     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1827     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1828     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1829     {
1830         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1831         size = sizeBest;
1832
1833         resize = true;
1834     }
1835
1836     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1837     {
1838         // leave 1 pixel margin
1839         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1840
1841         resize = true;
1842     }
1843
1844     if ( resize )
1845     {
1846         m_control->SetSize(size);
1847     }
1848
1849     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1850
1851 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1852     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1853     // so shift it to the right
1854     size.x -= 8;
1855 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1856     // here too, but in other way
1857     size.x += 1;
1858     size.y -= 2;
1859 #endif
1860
1861     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1862     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1863     if (GetCellAttr())
1864         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1865
1866     int x = 0, y = 0;
1867     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1868     {
1869         x = r.x + 2;
1870
1871 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1872         x += 2;
1873 #endif
1874
1875         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1876     }
1877     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1878     {
1879         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1880         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1881     }
1882     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1883     {
1884         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1885         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1886     }
1887
1888     m_control->Move(x, y);
1889 }
1890
1891 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1892 {
1893     m_control->Show(show);
1894
1895     if ( show )
1896     {
1897         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1898         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1899     }
1900 }
1901
1902 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1903 {
1904     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1905                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1906
1907     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1908     {
1909         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1910     }
1911     else
1912     {
1913         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1914
1915         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1916             m_startValue = false;
1917         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1918             m_startValue = true;
1919         else
1920         {
1921             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1922             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1923             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1924             // know about it
1925             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1926         }
1927     }
1928
1929     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1930     CBox()->SetFocus();
1931 }
1932
1933 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1934                                    wxGrid* grid)
1935 {
1936     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1937                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1938
1939     bool changed = false;
1940     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1941     if ( value != m_startValue )
1942         changed = true;
1943
1944     if ( changed )
1945     {
1946         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1947         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1948             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1949         else
1950             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1951     }
1952
1953     return changed;
1954 }
1955
1956 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1957 {
1958     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1959                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1960
1961     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1962 }
1963
1964 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1965 {
1966     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1967 }
1968
1969 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1970 {
1971     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1972     {
1973         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1974         switch ( keycode )
1975         {
1976             case WXK_SPACE:
1977             case '+':
1978             case '-':
1979                 return true;
1980         }
1981     }
1982
1983     return false;
1984 }
1985
1986 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1987 {
1988     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1989     switch ( keycode )
1990     {
1991         case WXK_SPACE:
1992             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1993             break;
1994
1995         case '+':
1996             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1997             break;
1998
1999         case '-':
2000             CBox()->SetValue(false);
2001             break;
2002     }
2003 }
2004
2005 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
2006 {
2007   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
2008 }
2009
2010 /* static */ void
2011 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
2012                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
2013 {
2014     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
2015     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
2016 }
2017
2018 /* static */ bool
2019 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
2020 {
2021     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
2022 }
2023
2024 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2025
2026 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2027
2028 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2029 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
2030 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2031
2032 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
2033                                                bool allowOthers)
2034     : m_choices(choices),
2035       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
2036
2037 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
2038                                                const wxString choices[],
2039                                                bool allowOthers)
2040                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
2041 {
2042     if ( count )
2043     {
2044         m_choices.Alloc(count);
2045         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2046         {
2047             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
2048         }
2049     }
2050 }
2051
2052 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
2053 {
2054     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
2055     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
2056     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
2057
2058     return editor;
2059 }
2060
2061 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
2062                                     wxWindowID id,
2063                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
2064 {
2065     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
2066                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
2067                 wxBORDER_NONE;
2068
2069     if ( !m_allowOthers )
2070         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
2071     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
2072                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
2073                                m_choices,
2074                                style);
2075
2076     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
2077 }
2078
2079 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
2080                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
2081 {
2082     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
2083     // flicker
2084
2085     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
2086     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
2087     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
2088     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
2089 }
2090
2091 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
2092 {
2093     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
2094                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
2095
2096     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
2097     if (m_control)
2098         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
2099
2100     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
2101     if (evtHandler)
2102         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
2103
2104     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
2105
2106     Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_startValue
2107
2108     Combo()->SetFocus();
2109
2110     if (evtHandler)
2111     {
2112         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
2113         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
2114 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
2115         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
2116 #endif
2117     }
2118 }
2119
2120 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
2121                                      wxGrid* grid)
2122 {
2123     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
2124     if ( value == m_startValue )
2125         return false;
2126
2127     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
2128
2129     return true;
2130 }
2131
2132 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
2133 {
2134     if (m_allowOthers)
2135     {
2136         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
2137         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
2138     }
2139     else // the combobox is read-only
2140     {
2141         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
2142         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
2143         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
2144             pos = 0;
2145         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
2146     }
2147 }
2148
2149 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2150 {
2151     if ( !params )
2152     {
2153         // what can we do?
2154         return;
2155     }
2156
2157     m_choices.Empty();
2158
2159     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
2160     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
2161     {
2162         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
2163     }
2164 }
2165
2166 // return the value in the text control
2167 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
2168 {
2169   return Combo()->GetValue();
2170 }
2171
2172 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2173
2174 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2175 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
2176 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2177
2178 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
2179 {
2180     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
2181     if (m_inSetFocus)
2182         return;
2183
2184     // accept changes
2185     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
2186
2187     event.Skip();
2188 }
2189
2190 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
2191 {
2192     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
2193     {
2194         case WXK_ESCAPE:
2195             m_editor->Reset();
2196             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
2197             break;
2198
2199         case WXK_TAB:
2200             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
2201             break;
2202
2203         case WXK_RETURN:
2204         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
2205             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
2206                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
2207             break;
2208
2209         default:
2210             event.Skip();
2211             break;
2212     }
2213 }
2214
2215 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
2216 {
2217     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
2218     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
2219     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
2220     int cw, ch;
2221     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2222
2223     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
2224     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
2225
2226     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
2227     {
2228         case WXK_ESCAPE:
2229         case WXK_TAB:
2230         case WXK_RETURN:
2231         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
2232             break;
2233
2234         case WXK_HOME:
2235         {
2236             if ( wholeCellVisible )
2237             {
2238                 // no special processing needed...
2239                 event.Skip();
2240                 break;
2241             }
2242
2243             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
2244
2245             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
2246             int colXPos = 0;
2247             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
2248             {
2249                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
2250             }
2251
2252             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
2253             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
2254             if (col != 0)
2255             {
2256                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
2257             }
2258             else
2259             {
2260                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
2261             }
2262             event.Skip();
2263             break;
2264         }
2265
2266         case WXK_END:
2267         {
2268             if ( wholeCellVisible )
2269             {
2270                 // no special processing needed...
2271                 event.Skip();
2272                 break;
2273             }
2274
2275             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
2276
2277             int textWidth = 0;
2278             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
2279             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
2280             {
2281                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
2282                 int y;
2283                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
2284                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
2285
2286                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
2287                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
2288
2289                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
2290                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
2291                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
2292                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
2293                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
2294                 {
2295                     textWidth = 0;
2296                 }
2297             }
2298
2299             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
2300             int colXPos = 0;
2301             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
2302             {
2303                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
2304             }
2305
2306             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
2307             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
2308             colXPos += textWidth;
2309
2310             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
2311             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
2312             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
2313             event.Skip();
2314             break;
2315         }
2316
2317         default:
2318             event.Skip();
2319             break;
2320     }
2321 }
2322
2323 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2324 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
2325 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
2326 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2327
2328 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
2329 {
2330     // nothing to do
2331 }
2332
2333 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
2334 {
2335 }
2336
2337 // ============================================================================
2338 // renderer classes
2339 // ============================================================================
2340
2341 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2342 // wxGridCellRenderer
2343 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2344
2345 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2346                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2347                               wxDC& dc,
2348                               const wxRect& rect,
2349                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
2350                               bool isSelected)
2351 {
2352     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
2353
2354     wxColour clr;
2355     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
2356     {
2357         if ( isSelected )
2358         {
2359             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
2360                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
2361             else
2362                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
2363         }
2364         else
2365         {
2366             clr = attr.GetBackgroundColour();
2367         }
2368     }
2369     else // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
2370     {
2371         clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE);
2372     }
2373
2374     dc.SetBrush(clr);
2375     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
2376     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
2377 }
2378
2379 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2380 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
2381 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2382
2383 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
2384                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2385                                                      wxDC& dc,
2386                                                      bool isSelected)
2387 {
2388     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
2389
2390     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
2391
2392     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
2393     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
2394     {
2395         if ( isSelected )
2396         {
2397             wxColour clr;
2398             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
2399                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
2400             else
2401                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
2402             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
2403             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
2404         }
2405         else
2406         {
2407             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
2408             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
2409         }
2410     }
2411     else
2412     {
2413         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
2414         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
2415     }
2416
2417     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
2418 }
2419
2420 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2421                                                wxDC& dc,
2422                                                const wxString& text)
2423 {
2424     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
2425     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
2426     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
2427     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
2428     {
2429         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
2430         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
2431     }
2432
2433     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
2434
2435     return wxSize(max_x, y);
2436 }
2437
2438 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2439                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2440                                              wxDC& dc,
2441                                              int row, int col)
2442 {
2443     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
2444 }
2445
2446 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2447                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2448                                     wxDC& dc,
2449                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2450                                     int row, int col,
2451                                     bool isSelected)
2452 {
2453     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2454     rect.Inflate(-1);
2455
2456     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
2457     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2458
2459     int hAlign, vAlign;
2460     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2461
2462     int overflowCols = 0;
2463
2464     if (attr.GetOverflow())
2465     {
2466         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
2467         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
2468         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
2469         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
2470         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
2471         {
2472             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
2473             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
2474             {
2475                 bool is_empty = true;
2476                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
2477                 {
2478                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
2479                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
2480                     if (c_rows > 0)
2481                         c_rows = 0;
2482                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
2483                     {
2484                         is_empty = false;
2485                         break;
2486                     }
2487                 }
2488
2489                 if (is_empty)
2490                 {
2491                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
2492                 }
2493                 else
2494                 {
2495                     i--;
2496                     break;
2497                 }
2498
2499                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
2500                     break;
2501             }
2502
2503             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
2504             if (overflowCols >= cols)
2505                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
2506         }
2507
2508         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
2509         {
2510             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
2511             wxRect clip = rect;
2512             clip.x += rectCell.width;
2513             // draw each overflow cell individually
2514             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
2515             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
2516                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
2517             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
2518             {
2519                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2520                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2521                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
2522
2523                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
2524                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
2525
2526                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2527                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2528                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2529             }
2530
2531             rect = rectCell;
2532             rect.Inflate(-1);
2533             rect.width++;
2534             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2535         }
2536     }
2537
2538     // now we only have to draw the text
2539     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2540
2541     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2542                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2543 }
2544
2545 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2546 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2547 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2548
2549 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2550 {
2551     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2552     wxString text;
2553     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2554     {
2555         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2556     }
2557     else
2558     {
2559         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2560     }
2561
2562     return text;
2563 }
2564
2565 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2566                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2567                                     wxDC& dc,
2568                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2569                                     int row, int col,
2570                                     bool isSelected)
2571 {
2572     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2573
2574     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2575
2576     // draw the text right aligned by default
2577     int hAlign, vAlign;
2578     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2579     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2580
2581     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2582     rect.Inflate(-1);
2583
2584     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2585 }
2586
2587 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2588                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2589                                              wxDC& dc,
2590                                              int row, int col)
2591 {
2592     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2593 }
2594
2595 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2596 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2597 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2598
2599 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2600 {
2601     SetWidth(width);
2602     SetPrecision(precision);
2603 }
2604
2605 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2606 {
2607     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2608     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2609     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2610     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2611
2612     return renderer;
2613 }
2614
2615 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2616 {
2617     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2618
2619     bool hasDouble;
2620     double val;
2621     wxString text;
2622     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2623     {
2624         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2625         hasDouble = true;
2626     }
2627     else
2628     {
2629         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2630         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2631     }
2632
2633     if ( hasDouble )
2634     {
2635         if ( !m_format )
2636         {
2637             if ( m_width == -1 )
2638             {
2639                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2640                 {
2641                     // default width/precision
2642                     m_format = _T("%f");
2643                 }
2644                 else
2645                 {
2646                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2647                 }
2648             }
2649             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2650             {
2651                 // default precision
2652                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2653             }
2654             else
2655             {
2656                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2657             }
2658         }
2659
2660         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2661
2662     }
2663     //else: text already contains the string
2664
2665     return text;
2666 }
2667
2668 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2669                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2670                                    wxDC& dc,
2671                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2672                                    int row, int col,
2673                                    bool isSelected)
2674 {
2675     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2676
2677     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2678
2679     // draw the text right aligned by default
2680     int hAlign, vAlign;
2681     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2682     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2683
2684     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2685     rect.Inflate(-1);
2686
2687     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2688 }
2689
2690 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2691                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2692                                             wxDC& dc,
2693                                             int row, int col)
2694 {
2695     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2696 }
2697
2698 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2699 {
2700     if ( !params )
2701     {
2702         // reset to defaults
2703         SetWidth(-1);
2704         SetPrecision(-1);
2705     }
2706     else
2707     {
2708         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2709         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2710         {
2711             long width;
2712             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2713             {
2714                 SetWidth((int)width);
2715             }
2716             else
2717             {
2718                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2719             }
2720         }
2721
2722         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2723         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2724         {
2725             long precision;
2726             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2727             {
2728                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2729             }
2730             else
2731             {
2732                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2733             }
2734         }
2735     }
2736 }
2737
2738 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2739 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2740 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2741
2742 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2743
2744 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2745
2746 // between checkmark and box
2747 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2748
2749 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2750                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2751                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2752                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2753                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2754 {
2755     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2756     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2757     {
2758         // get checkbox size
2759         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2760         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2761         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2762
2763 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2764         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2765 #endif
2766
2767         delete checkbox;
2768
2769         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2770     }
2771
2772     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2773 }
2774
2775 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2776                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2777                                   wxDC& dc,
2778                                   const wxRect& rect,
2779                                   int row, int col,
2780                                   bool isSelected)
2781 {
2782     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2783
2784     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2785     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2786
2787     // don't draw outside the cell
2788     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2789     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2790     {
2791         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2792         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2793     }
2794
2795     // draw a border around checkmark
2796     int vAlign, hAlign;
2797     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2798
2799     wxRect rectBorder;
2800     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2801     {
2802         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2803         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2804         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2805         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2806     }
2807     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2808     {
2809         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2810         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2811         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2812         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2813     }
2814     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2815     {
2816         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2817         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2818         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2819         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2820     }
2821
2822     bool value;
2823     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2824     {
2825         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2826     }
2827     else
2828     {
2829         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2830         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2831     }
2832
2833     int flags = 0;
2834     if (value)
2835         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2836
2837     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2838 }
2839
2840 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2841 // wxGridCellAttr
2842 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2843
2844 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2845 {
2846     m_nRef = 1;
2847
2848     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2849
2850     m_renderer = NULL;
2851     m_editor = NULL;
2852
2853     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2854
2855     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2856     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2857
2858     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2859 }
2860
2861 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2862 {
2863     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2864
2865     if ( HasTextColour() )
2866         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2867     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2868         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2869     if ( HasFont() )
2870         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2871     if ( HasAlignment() )
2872         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2873
2874     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2875
2876     if ( m_renderer )
2877     {
2878         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2879         m_renderer->IncRef();
2880     }
2881     if ( m_editor )
2882     {
2883         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2884         m_editor->IncRef();
2885     }
2886
2887     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2888         attr->SetReadOnly();
2889
2890     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2891     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2892
2893     return attr;
2894 }
2895
2896 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2897 {
2898     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2899         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2900     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2901         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2902     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2903         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2904     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2905     {
2906         int hAlign, vAlign;
2907         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2908         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2909     }
2910     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2911         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2912
2913     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2914     // m_renderer/m_editor
2915     //
2916     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2917     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2918     {
2919         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2920         m_renderer->IncRef();
2921     }
2922     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2923     {
2924         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2925         m_editor->IncRef();
2926     }
2927     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2928         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2929
2930     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2931         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2932
2933     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2934 }
2935
2936 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2937 {
2938     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2939
2940     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2941     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2942     // set to negative or zero values such that
2943     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2944     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2945
2946     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2947
2948     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2949                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2950                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2951                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2952
2953     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2954     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2955 }
2956
2957 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2958 {
2959     if (HasTextColour())
2960     {
2961         return m_colText;
2962     }
2963     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2964     {
2965         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2966     }
2967     else
2968     {
2969         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2970         return wxNullColour;
2971     }
2972 }
2973
2974 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2975 {
2976     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2977     {
2978         return m_colBack;
2979     }
2980     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2981     {
2982         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2983     }
2984     else
2985     {
2986         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2987         return wxNullColour;
2988     }
2989 }
2990
2991 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2992 {
2993     if (HasFont())
2994     {
2995         return m_font;
2996     }
2997     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2998     {
2999         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
3000     }
3001     else
3002     {
3003         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
3004         return wxNullFont;
3005     }
3006 }
3007
3008 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
3009 {
3010     if (HasAlignment())
3011     {
3012         if ( hAlign )
3013             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
3014         if ( vAlign )
3015             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
3016     }
3017     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
3018     {
3019         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
3020     }
3021     else
3022     {
3023         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
3024     }
3025 }
3026
3027 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
3028 {
3029     if ( num_rows )
3030         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
3031     if ( num_cols )
3032         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
3033 }
3034
3035 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
3036 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
3037 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
3038 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
3039 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
3040 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
3041
3042 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
3043 {
3044     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
3045
3046     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
3047     {
3048         // use the cells renderer if it has one
3049         renderer = m_renderer;
3050         renderer->IncRef();
3051     }
3052     else // no non-default cell renderer
3053     {
3054         // get default renderer for the data type
3055         if ( grid )
3056         {
3057             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
3058             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
3059         }
3060
3061         if ( renderer == NULL )
3062         {
3063             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
3064             {
3065                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
3066                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
3067                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
3068             }
3069             else // default grid attr
3070             {
3071                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
3072                 renderer = m_renderer;
3073                 if ( renderer )
3074                     renderer->IncRef();
3075             }
3076         }
3077     }
3078
3079     // we're supposed to always find something
3080     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
3081
3082     return renderer;
3083 }
3084
3085 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
3086 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
3087 {
3088     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
3089
3090     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
3091     {
3092         // use the cells editor if it has one
3093         editor = m_editor;
3094         editor->IncRef();
3095     }
3096     else // no non default cell editor
3097     {
3098         // get default editor for the data type
3099         if ( grid )
3100         {
3101             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
3102             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
3103         }
3104
3105         if ( editor == NULL )
3106         {
3107             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
3108             {
3109                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
3110                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
3111                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
3112             }
3113             else // default grid attr
3114             {
3115                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
3116                 editor = m_editor;
3117                 if ( editor )
3118                     editor->IncRef();
3119             }
3120         }
3121     }
3122
3123     // we're supposed to always find something
3124     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
3125
3126     return editor;
3127 }
3128
3129 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3130 // wxGridCellAttrData
3131 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3132
3133 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
3134 {
3135     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
3136     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
3137     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
3138     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
3139     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
3140     {
3141         if ( attr )
3142         {
3143             // add the attribute
3144             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
3145         }
3146         //else: nothing to do
3147     }
3148     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
3149     {
3150         if ( attr )
3151         {
3152             // change the attribute
3153             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
3154         }
3155         else
3156         {
3157             // remove this attribute
3158             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
3159         }
3160     }
3161 }
3162
3163 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
3164 {
3165     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
3166
3167     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
3168     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
3169     {
3170         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
3171         attr->IncRef();
3172     }
3173
3174     return attr;
3175 }
3176
3177 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
3178 {
3179     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
3180     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3181     {
3182         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
3183         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
3184         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
3185         {
3186             if (numRows > 0)
3187             {
3188                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
3189                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
3190             }
3191             else if (numRows < 0)
3192             {
3193                 // If rows deleted ...
3194                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
3195                 {
3196                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
3197                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
3198                 }
3199                 else
3200                 {
3201                     // ...or remove the attribute
3202                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
3203                     n--;
3204                     count--;
3205                 }
3206             }
3207         }
3208     }
3209 }
3210
3211 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
3212 {
3213     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
3214     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3215     {
3216         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
3217         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
3218         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
3219         {
3220             if ( numCols > 0 )
3221             {
3222                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
3223                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
3224             }
3225             else if (numCols < 0)
3226             {
3227                 // If rows deleted ...
3228                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
3229                 {
3230                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
3231                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
3232                 }
3233                 else
3234                 {
3235                     // ...or remove the attribute
3236                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
3237                     n--;
3238                     count--;
3239                 }
3240             }
3241         }
3242     }
3243 }
3244
3245 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
3246 {
3247     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
3248     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3249     {
3250         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
3251         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
3252         {
3253             return n;
3254         }
3255     }
3256
3257     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3258 }
3259
3260 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3261 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
3262 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3263
3264 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
3265 {
3266     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
3267     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3268     {
3269         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
3270     }
3271 }
3272
3273 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
3274 {
3275     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
3276
3277     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
3278     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
3279     {
3280         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
3281         attr->IncRef();
3282     }
3283
3284     return attr;
3285 }
3286
3287 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
3288 {
3289     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
3290     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
3291     {
3292         if ( attr )
3293         {
3294             // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count
3295             //                     since we take ownership of the attribute.
3296             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
3297             m_attrs.Add(attr);
3298         }
3299         // nothing to remove
3300     }
3301     else
3302     {
3303         size_t n = (size_t)i;
3304         if ( m_attrs[n] == attr )
3305             // nothing to do
3306             return;
3307         if ( attr )
3308         {
3309             // change the attribute, handling reference count manually,
3310             //                       taking ownership of the new attribute.
3311             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
3312             m_attrs[n] = attr;
3313         }
3314         else
3315         {
3316             // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually
3317             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
3318             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
3319             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
3320         }
3321     }
3322 }
3323
3324 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
3325 {
3326     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
3327     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3328     {
3329         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
3330         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
3331         {
3332             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
3333             {
3334                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
3335                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
3336             }
3337             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
3338             {
3339                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
3340                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
3341                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
3342                 else
3343                 {
3344                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
3345                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
3346                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
3347                     n--;
3348                     count--;
3349                 }
3350             }
3351         }
3352     }
3353 }
3354
3355 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3356 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
3357 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3358
3359 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
3360 {
3361     m_data = NULL;
3362 }
3363
3364 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
3365 {
3366     delete m_data;
3367 }
3368
3369 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
3370 {
3371     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
3372 }
3373
3374 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
3375                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
3376 {
3377     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
3378     if ( m_data )
3379     {
3380         switch (kind)
3381         {
3382             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
3383                 // Get cached merge attributes.
3384                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
3385                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
3386                 if (!attr)
3387                 {
3388                     // Basically implement old version.
3389                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
3390                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
3391                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
3392                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
3393
3394                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
3395                     {
3396                         // Two or more are non NULL
3397                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
3398                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
3399
3400                         // Order is important..
3401                         if (attrcell)
3402                         {
3403                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
3404                             attrcell->DecRef();
3405                         }
3406                         if (attrcol)
3407                         {
3408                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
3409                             attrcol->DecRef();
3410                         }
3411                         if (attrrow)
3412                         {
3413                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
3414                             attrrow->DecRef();
3415                         }
3416
3417                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
3418                         //attr->IncRef();
3419                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3420                     }
3421                     else
3422                     {
3423                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
3424                         if (attrrow)
3425                             attr = attrrow;
3426                         if (attrcol)
3427                         {
3428                             if (attr)
3429                                 attr->DecRef();
3430                             attr = attrcol;
3431                         }
3432                         if (attrcell)
3433                         {
3434                             if (attr)
3435                                 attr->DecRef();
3436                             attr = attrcell;
3437                         }
3438                     }
3439                 }
3440                 break;
3441
3442             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
3443                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
3444                 break;
3445
3446             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
3447                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
3448                 break;
3449
3450             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
3451                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
3452                 break;
3453
3454             default:
3455                 // unused as yet...
3456                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
3457                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
3458                 break;
3459         }
3460     }
3461
3462     return attr;
3463 }
3464
3465 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
3466                                      int row, int col)
3467 {
3468     if ( !m_data )
3469         InitData();
3470
3471     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3472 }
3473
3474 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3475 {
3476     if ( !m_data )
3477         InitData();
3478
3479     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
3480 }
3481
3482 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3483 {
3484     if ( !m_data )
3485         InitData();
3486
3487     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
3488 }
3489
3490 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
3491 {
3492     if ( m_data )
3493     {
3494         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
3495
3496         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
3497     }
3498 }
3499
3500 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
3501 {
3502     if ( m_data )
3503     {
3504         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
3505
3506         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
3507     }
3508 }
3509
3510 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3511 // wxGridTypeRegistry
3512 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3513
3514 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
3515 {
3516     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3517     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3518         delete m_typeinfo[i];
3519 }
3520
3521 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
3522                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
3523                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
3524 {
3525     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
3526
3527     // is it already registered?
3528     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3529     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
3530     {
3531         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
3532         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
3533     }
3534     else
3535     {
3536         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
3537     }
3538 }
3539
3540 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3541 {
3542     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3543     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3544     {
3545         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3546         {
3547             return i;
3548         }
3549     }
3550
3551     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3552 }
3553
3554 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3555 {
3556     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3557     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3558     {
3559         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3560         // register it "on the fly"
3561 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3562         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3563         {
3564             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3565                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3566                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3567         }
3568         else
3569 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3570 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3571         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3572         {
3573             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3574                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3575                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3576         }
3577         else
3578 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3579 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3580         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3581         {
3582             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3583                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3584                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3585         }
3586         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3587         {
3588             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3589                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3590                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3591         }
3592         else
3593 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3594 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3595         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3596         {
3597             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3598                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3599                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3600         }
3601         else
3602 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3603         {
3604             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3605         }
3606
3607         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3608         // the last index
3609         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3610     }
3611
3612     return index;
3613 }
3614
3615 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3616 {
3617     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3618     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3619     {
3620         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3621         // are the parameters for the renderer
3622         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3623         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3624         {
3625             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3626         }
3627
3628         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3629         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3630         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3631         rendererOld->DecRef();
3632
3633         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3634         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3635         editor = editor->Clone();
3636         editorOld->DecRef();
3637
3638         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3639         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3640         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3641         editor->SetParameters(params);
3642
3643         // register the new typename
3644         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3645
3646         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3647         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3648     }
3649
3650     return index;
3651 }
3652
3653 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3654 {
3655     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3656     if (renderer)
3657         renderer->IncRef();
3658
3659     return renderer;
3660 }
3661
3662 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3663 {
3664     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3665     if (editor)
3666         editor->IncRef();
3667
3668     return editor;
3669 }
3670
3671 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3672 // wxGridTableBase
3673 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3674
3675 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3676
3677 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3678 {
3679     m_view = NULL;
3680     m_attrProvider = NULL;
3681 }
3682
3683 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3684 {
3685     delete m_attrProvider;
3686 }
3687
3688 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3689 {
3690     delete m_attrProvider;
3691     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3692 }
3693
3694 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3695 {
3696     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3697     {
3698         // use the default attr provider by default
3699         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3700     }
3701
3702     return true;
3703 }
3704
3705 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3706 {
3707     if ( m_attrProvider )
3708         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3709     else
3710         return NULL;
3711 }
3712
3713 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3714 {
3715     if ( m_attrProvider )
3716     {
3717         if ( attr )
3718             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3719         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3720     }
3721     else
3722     {
3723         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3724         // free it now
3725         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3726     }
3727 }
3728
3729 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3730 {
3731     if ( m_attrProvider )
3732     {
3733         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3734         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3735     }
3736     else
3737     {
3738         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3739         // free it now
3740         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3741     }
3742 }
3743
3744 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3745 {
3746     if ( m_attrProvider )
3747     {
3748         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3749         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3750     }
3751     else
3752     {
3753         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3754         // free it now
3755         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3756     }
3757 }
3758
3759 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3760                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3761 {
3762     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3763
3764     return false;
3765 }
3766
3767 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3768 {
3769     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3770
3771     return false;
3772 }
3773
3774 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3775                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3776 {
3777     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3778
3779     return false;
3780 }
3781
3782 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3783                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3784 {
3785     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3786
3787     return false;
3788 }
3789
3790 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3791 {
3792     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3793
3794     return false;
3795 }
3796
3797 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3798                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3799 {
3800     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3801
3802     return false;
3803 }
3804
3805 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3806 {
3807     wxString s;
3808
3809     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3810     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3811     s << row + 1;
3812
3813     return s;
3814 }
3815
3816 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3817 {
3818     // default col labels are:
3819     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3820     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3821     //   etc.
3822
3823     wxString s;
3824     unsigned int i, n;
3825     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3826     {
3827         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3828         col = col / 26 - 1;
3829         if ( col < 0 )
3830             break;
3831     }
3832
3833     // reverse the string...
3834     wxString s2;
3835     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3836     {
3837         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3838     }
3839
3840     return s2;
3841 }
3842
3843 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3844 {
3845     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3846 }
3847
3848 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3849                                      const wxString& typeName )
3850 {
3851     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3852 }
3853
3854 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3855 {
3856     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3857 }
3858
3859 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3860 {
3861     return 0;
3862 }
3863
3864 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3865 {
3866     return 0.0;
3867 }
3868
3869 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3870 {
3871     return false;
3872 }
3873
3874 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3875                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3876 {
3877 }
3878
3879 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3880                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3881 {
3882 }
3883
3884 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3885                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3886 {
3887 }
3888
3889 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3890                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3891 {
3892     return NULL;
3893 }
3894
3895 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3896                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3897                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3898 {
3899 }
3900
3901 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3902 //
3903 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3904 // to the grid view
3905 //
3906
3907 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3908 {
3909     m_table =  NULL;
3910     m_id = -1;
3911     m_comInt1 = -1;
3912     m_comInt2 = -1;
3913 }
3914
3915 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3916                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3917 {
3918     m_table = table;
3919     m_id = id;
3920     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3921     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3922 }
3923
3924 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3925 //
3926 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3927 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3928 //
3929
3930 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3931
3932 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3933
3934 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3935         : wxGridTableBase()
3936 {
3937 }
3938
3939 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3940         : wxGridTableBase()
3941 {
3942     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3943
3944     wxArrayString sa;
3945     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3946     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3947
3948     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3949 }
3950
3951 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3952 {
3953 }
3954
3955 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3956 {
3957     return m_data.GetCount();
3958 }
3959
3960 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3961 {
3962     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3963         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3964     else
3965         return 0;
3966 }
3967
3968 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3969 {
3970     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3971                  wxEmptyString,
3972                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3973
3974     return m_data[row][col];
3975 }
3976
3977 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3978 {
3979     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3980                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3981
3982     m_data[row][col] = value;
3983 }
3984
3985 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3986 {
3987     int row, col;
3988     int numRows, numCols;
3989
3990     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3991     if ( numRows > 0 )
3992     {
3993         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3994
3995         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3996         {
3997             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3998             {
3999                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
4000             }
4001         }
4002     }
4003 }
4004
4005 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
4006 {
4007     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4008     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
4009                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
4010
4011     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
4012     {
4013         return AppendRows( numRows );
4014     }
4015
4016     wxArrayString sa;
4017     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
4018     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
4019     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
4020
4021     if ( GetView() )
4022     {
4023         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4024                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
4025                                 pos,
4026                                 numRows );
4027
4028         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4029     }
4030
4031     return true;
4032 }
4033
4034 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
4035 {
4036     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4037     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
4038                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
4039                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
4040
4041     wxArrayString sa;
4042     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
4043     {
4044         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
4045         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
4046     }
4047
4048     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
4049
4050     if ( GetView() )
4051     {
4052         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4053                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
4054                                 numRows );
4055
4056         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4057     }
4058
4059     return true;
4060 }
4061
4062 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
4063 {
4064     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4065
4066     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
4067     {
4068         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
4069                     (
4070                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
4071                         (unsigned long)pos,
4072                         (unsigned long)numRows,
4073                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
4074                     ) );
4075
4076         return false;
4077     }
4078
4079     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
4080     {
4081         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
4082     }
4083
4084     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
4085     {
4086         m_data.Clear();
4087     }
4088     else
4089     {
4090         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4091     }
4092
4093     if ( GetView() )
4094     {
4095         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4096                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
4097                                 pos,
4098                                 numRows );
4099
4100         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4101     }
4102
4103     return true;
4104 }
4105
4106 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
4107 {
4108     size_t row, col;
4109
4110     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4111     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
4112                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
4113                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
4114
4115     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
4116     {
4117         return AppendCols( numCols );
4118     }
4119
4120     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
4121     {
4122         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
4123
4124         size_t i;
4125         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
4126             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
4127     }
4128
4129     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
4130     {
4131         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
4132         {
4133             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
4134         }
4135     }
4136
4137     if ( GetView() )
4138     {
4139         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4140                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
4141                                 pos,
4142                                 numCols );
4143
4144         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4145     }
4146
4147     return true;
4148 }
4149
4150 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
4151 {
4152     size_t row;
4153
4154     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4155
4156     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
4157     {
4158         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
4159     }
4160
4161     if ( GetView() )
4162     {
4163         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4164                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
4165                                 numCols );
4166
4167         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4168     }
4169
4170     return true;
4171 }
4172
4173 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
4174 {
4175     size_t row;
4176
4177     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4178     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
4179                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
4180
4181     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
4182     {
4183         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
4184                     (
4185                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
4186                         (unsigned long)pos,
4187                         (unsigned long)numCols,
4188                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
4189                     ) );
4190         return false;
4191     }
4192
4193     int colID;
4194     if ( GetView() )
4195         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
4196     else
4197         colID = pos;
4198
4199     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
4200     {
4201         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
4202     }
4203
4204     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
4205     {
4206         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
4207         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
4208         // element and not numCols, so account for it
4209         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
4210         if ( nToRm > 0 )
4211             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
4212     }
4213
4214     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
4215     {
4216         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
4217         {
4218             m_data[row].Clear();
4219         }
4220         else
4221         {
4222             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
4223         }
4224     }
4225
4226     if ( GetView() )
4227     {
4228         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4229                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
4230                                 pos,
4231                                 numCols );
4232
4233         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4234     }
4235
4236     return true;
4237 }
4238
4239 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
4240 {
4241     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
4242     {
4243         // using default label
4244         //
4245         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
4246     }
4247     else
4248     {
4249         return m_rowLabels[row];
4250     }
4251 }
4252
4253 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
4254 {
4255     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
4256     {
4257         // using default label
4258         //
4259         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
4260     }
4261     else
4262     {
4263         return m_colLabels[col];
4264     }
4265 }
4266
4267 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
4268 {
4269     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
4270     {
4271         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
4272         int i;
4273
4274         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
4275         {
4276             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
4277         }
4278     }
4279
4280     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
4281 }
4282
4283 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
4284 {
4285     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
4286     {
4287         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
4288         int i;
4289
4290         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
4291         {
4292             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
4293         }
4294     }
4295
4296     m_colLabels[col] = value;
4297 }
4298
4299
4300 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4301 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4302
4303 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
4304     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
4305 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4306
4307 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
4308 {
4309     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
4310 }
4311
4312 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
4313     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
4314     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4315     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4316 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4317
4318 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4319 {
4320     wxPaintDC dc(this);
4321
4322     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
4323     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
4324     // set the y coord  - MB
4325     //
4326     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4327
4328     int x, y;
4329     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
4330     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
4331     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
4332
4333     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
4334     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
4335 }
4336
4337 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4338 {
4339     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
4340 }
4341
4342 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4343 {
4344     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
4345         event.Skip();
4346 }
4347
4348 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4349
4350 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
4351     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
4352     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4353     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4354 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4355
4356 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4357 {
4358     wxPaintDC dc(this);
4359
4360     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
4361     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
4362     // set the x coord  - MB
4363     //
4364     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4365
4366     int x, y;
4367     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
4368     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
4369     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
4370         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
4371     else
4372         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
4373
4374     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
4375     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
4376 }
4377
4378 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4379 {
4380     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
4381 }
4382
4383 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4384 {
4385     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
4386         event.Skip();
4387 }
4388
4389 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4390
4391 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
4392     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4393     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4394     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
4395 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4396
4397 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4398 {
4399     wxPaintDC dc(this);
4400
4401     m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc);
4402 }
4403
4404 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4405 {
4406     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
4407 }
4408
4409 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4410 {
4411     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
4412         event.Skip();
4413 }
4414
4415 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4416
4417 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
4418     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4419     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4420     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4421     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4422     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4423     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4424     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4425     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4426     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4427 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4428
4429 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4430 {
4431     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4432     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4433     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4434     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4435     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4436
4437     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4438
4439     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4440
4441     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4442 }
4443
4444 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4445 {
4446     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4447     m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4448     m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4449 }
4450
4451 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4452 {
4453     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4454         SetFocus();
4455
4456     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4457 }
4458
4459 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4460 {
4461     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
4462         event.Skip();
4463 }
4464
4465 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4466 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4467 //
4468 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4469 {
4470     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4471         event.Skip();
4472 }
4473
4474 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4475 {
4476     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4477         event.Skip();
4478 }
4479
4480 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4481 {
4482     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4483         event.Skip();
4484 }
4485
4486 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4487 {
4488 }
4489
4490 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4491 {
4492     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4493     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4494     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4495     {
4496         Refresh();
4497     }
4498     else
4499     {
4500         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4501         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4502         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4503         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4504         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4505         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4506
4507         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4508         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4509                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4510         const wxRect cursor =
4511             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4512         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4513     }
4514
4515     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4516         event.Skip();
4517 }
4518
4519 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4520 #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true)
4521
4522 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4523
4524 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4525 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4526
4527 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4528     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4529     // use them for streaming out
4530     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4531     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4532     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4533     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4534     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4535     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4536
4537     // old style border flags
4538     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4539     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4540     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4541     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4542     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4543     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4544
4545     // standard window styles
4546     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4547     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4548     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4549     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4550     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4551     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4552     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4553     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4554
4555 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4556
4557 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4558
4559 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4560     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4561     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4562 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4563
4564 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4565 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4566
4567 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4568
4569 /*
4570  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4571 */
4572 #else
4573 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4574 #endif
4575
4576 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4577     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4578     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4579     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4580     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4581     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4582     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4583 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4584
4585 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4586                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4587                           long style, const wxString& name)
4588 {
4589     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4590                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4591         return false;
4592
4593     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4594     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4595
4596     Create();
4597     SetInitialSize(size);
4598     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
4599     CalcDimensions();
4600
4601     return true;
4602 }
4603
4604 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4605 {
4606     if ( m_winCapture )
4607         m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
4608
4609     // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is,
4610     // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the
4611     // half destroyed grid
4612     HideCellEditControl();
4613
4614     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4615     SetTargetWindow(this);
4616     ClearAttrCache();
4617     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4618
4619 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4620     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4621     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4622                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4623              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4624              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4625 #endif
4626
4627     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4628     // with dangling view pointer
4629     if ( m_ownTable )
4630         delete m_table;
4631     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4632         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4633
4634     delete m_typeRegistry;
4635     delete m_selection;
4636 }
4637
4638 //
4639 // ----- internal init and update functions
4640 //
4641
4642 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4643 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4644 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4645
4646 void wxGrid::Create()
4647 {
4648     // create the type registry
4649     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4650
4651     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4652
4653     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4654
4655     // Set default cell attributes
4656     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4657     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4658     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4659     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4660     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4661     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4662
4663 #if _USE_VISATTR
4664     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4665     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4666
4667     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4668     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4669
4670 #else
4671     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4672         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4673     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4674         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4675 #endif
4676
4677     m_numRows = 0;
4678     m_numCols = 0;
4679     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4680
4681     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4682     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this);
4683     CreateColumnWindow();
4684     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this);
4685     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this );
4686
4687     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4688
4689 #if _USE_VISATTR
4690     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4691     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4692     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4693     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4694 #else
4695     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4696     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4697     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4698     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4699 #endif
4700
4701     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4702     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4703     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4704     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4705     m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4706     m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4707
4708     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4709     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4710
4711     m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4712     m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour();
4713
4714     // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default
4715     // row height
4716     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4717 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4718     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4719 #else
4720     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4721 #endif
4722
4723 }
4724
4725 void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow()
4726 {
4727     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4728     {
4729         m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this);
4730         m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y;
4731     }
4732     else // draw labels ourselves
4733     {
4734         m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this);
4735         m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4736     }
4737 }
4738
4739 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4740                          wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4741 {
4742     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4743                  false,
4744                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4745
4746     return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode);
4747 }
4748
4749 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4750 {
4751     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4752                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4753
4754     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4755 }
4756
4757 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4758 {
4759     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells,
4760                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4761
4762     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4763 }
4764
4765 bool
4766 wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table,
4767                  bool takeOwnership,
4768                  wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4769 {
4770     bool checkSelection = false;
4771     if ( m_created )
4772     {
4773         // stop all processing
4774         m_created = false;
4775
4776         if (m_table)
4777         {
4778             m_table->SetView(0);
4779             if( m_ownTable )
4780                 delete m_table;
4781             m_table = NULL;
4782         }
4783
4784         delete m_selection;
4785         m_selection = NULL;
4786
4787         m_ownTable = false;
4788         m_numRows = 0;
4789         m_numCols = 0;
4790         checkSelection = true;
4791
4792         // kill row and column size arrays
4793         m_colWidths.Empty();
4794         m_colRights.Empty();
4795         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4796         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4797     }
4798
4799     if (table)
4800     {
4801         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4802         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4803
4804         if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4805             GetColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
4806
4807         m_table = table;
4808         m_table->SetView( this );
4809         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4810         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4811         if (checkSelection)
4812         {
4813             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4814             // original one current cell and selection regions
4815             // might be invalid,
4816             m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4817             m_currentCellCoords =
4818               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4819                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4820             if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4821                 m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4822             {
4823                 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4824                 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4825             }
4826             else
4827                 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
4828                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4829                                          m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()),
4830                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4831                                          m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol()));
4832         }
4833         CalcDimensions();
4834
4835         m_created = true;
4836     }
4837
4838     return m_created;
4839 }
4840
4841 void wxGrid::Init()
4842 {
4843     m_created = false;
4844
4845     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4846     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4847     m_colWindow = NULL;
4848     m_gridWin = NULL;
4849
4850     m_table = NULL;
4851     m_ownTable = false;
4852
4853     m_selection = NULL;
4854     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4855     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4856     m_winCapture = NULL;
4857
4858     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4859     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4860
4861     // init attr cache
4862     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4863     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4864     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4865
4866     m_labelFont = GetFont();
4867     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4868
4869     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4870     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4871
4872     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4873     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4874     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4875
4876     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4877     m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation
4878
4879     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4880     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4881
4882     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4883     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4884     m_gridLinesClipHorz =
4885     m_gridLinesClipVert = true;
4886     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4887     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4888     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4889
4890     m_canDragColMove = false;
4891
4892     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4893     m_winCapture = NULL;
4894     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4895     m_canDragColSize = true;
4896     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4897     m_canDragCell = false;
4898     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4899     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4900     m_isDragging = false;
4901     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4902
4903     m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND;
4904     m_sortIsAscending = true;
4905
4906     m_useNativeHeader =
4907     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4908
4909     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4910
4911     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4912     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4913
4914     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4915
4916     m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
4917     m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
4918     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4919
4920     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4921     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4922
4923     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4924
4925     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4926     m_batchCount = 0;
4927
4928     m_extraWidth =
4929     m_extraHeight = 0;
4930
4931     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4932     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4933 }
4934
4935 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4936 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4937 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4938 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4939 // arrays at all
4940 //
4941 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4942 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4943 // this is not done currently
4944 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4945
4946 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4947 {
4948     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4949     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4950
4951     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4952     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4953
4954     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4955
4956     int rowBottom = 0;
4957     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4958     {
4959         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4960         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4961     }
4962 }
4963
4964 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4965 {
4966     m_colWidths.Empty();
4967     m_colRights.Empty();
4968
4969     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4970     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4971
4972     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4973
4974     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4975     {
4976         int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4977         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4978     }
4979 }
4980
4981 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4982 {
4983     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4984 }
4985
4986 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4987 {
4988     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4989                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4990 }
4991
4992 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4993 {
4994     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4995                                  : m_colRights[col];
4996 }
4997
4998 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4999 {
5000     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
5001 }
5002
5003 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
5004 {
5005     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
5006                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
5007 }
5008
5009 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
5010 {
5011     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
5012                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
5013 }
5014
5015 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
5016 {
5017     // compute the size of the scrollable area
5018     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
5019     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
5020
5021     w += m_extraWidth;
5022     h += m_extraHeight;
5023
5024     // take into account editor if shown
5025     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5026     {
5027         int w2, h2;
5028         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5029         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5030         int x = GetColLeft(c);
5031         int y = GetRowTop(r);
5032
5033         // how big is the editor
5034         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
5035         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
5036         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
5037         w2 += x;
5038         h2 += y;
5039         if ( w2 > w )
5040             w = w2;
5041         if ( h2 > h )
5042             h = h2;
5043         editor->DecRef();
5044         attr->DecRef();
5045     }
5046
5047     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
5048     int x, y;
5049     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
5050
5051     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
5052     if ( x >= w )
5053         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
5054     if ( y >= h )
5055         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
5056
5057     // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
5058     m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
5059     Scroll(x, y);
5060     AdjustScrollbars();
5061
5062     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
5063     // still must reposition the children
5064     CalcWindowSizes();
5065 }
5066
5067 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
5068 {
5069     wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
5070     sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
5071     sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
5072
5073     return sizeGridWin;
5074 }
5075
5076 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
5077 {
5078     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
5079
5080     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
5081         return;
5082
5083     int cw, ch;
5084     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5085
5086     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
5087     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
5088     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
5089     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
5090     if (gw < 0)
5091         gw = 0;
5092     if (gh < 0)
5093         gh = 0;
5094
5095     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
5096         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
5097
5098     if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() )
5099         m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
5100
5101     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
5102         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
5103
5104     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
5105         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
5106 }
5107
5108 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
5109 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
5110 //
5111 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
5112 {
5113     int i;
5114     bool result = false;
5115
5116     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
5117     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
5118     ClearAttrCache();
5119
5120     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
5121     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
5122     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
5123     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
5124     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
5125     HideCellEditControl();
5126
5127 #if 0
5128     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
5129     // now
5130     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5131     {
5132         InitColWidths();
5133     }
5134
5135     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
5136     {
5137         InitRowHeights();
5138     }
5139 #endif
5140
5141     switch ( msg.GetId() )
5142     {
5143         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
5144         {
5145             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5146             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5147
5148             m_numRows += numRows;
5149
5150             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
5151             {
5152                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
5153                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
5154
5155                 int bottom = 0;
5156                 if ( pos > 0 )
5157                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
5158
5159                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
5160                 {
5161                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
5162                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
5163                 }
5164             }
5165
5166             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5167             {
5168                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5169                 // cell will be undefined...
5170                 //
5171                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5172             }
5173
5174             if ( m_selection )
5175                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
5176             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5177             if (attrProvider)
5178                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
5179
5180             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5181             {
5182                 CalcDimensions();
5183                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
5184             }
5185         }
5186         result = true;
5187         break;
5188
5189         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
5190         {
5191             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
5192             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
5193             m_numRows += numRows;
5194
5195             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
5196             {
5197                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
5198                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
5199
5200                 int bottom = 0;
5201                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
5202                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
5203
5204                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
5205                 {
5206                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
5207                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
5208                 }
5209             }
5210
5211             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5212             {
5213                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5214                 // cell will be undefined...
5215                 //
5216                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5217             }
5218
5219             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5220             {
5221                 CalcDimensions();
5222                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
5223             }
5224         }
5225         result = true;
5226         break;
5227
5228         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
5229         {
5230             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5231             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5232             m_numRows -= numRows;
5233
5234             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
5235             {
5236                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
5237                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
5238
5239                 int h = 0;
5240                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
5241                 {
5242                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
5243                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
5244                 }
5245             }
5246
5247             if ( !m_numRows )
5248             {
5249                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5250             }
5251             else
5252             {
5253                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
5254                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5255             }
5256
5257             if ( m_selection )
5258                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
5259             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5260             if (attrProvider)
5261             {
5262                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
5263
5264 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5265 #if 0
5266                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
5267                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
5268                 // all column attributes.
5269                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5270                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
5271                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
5272                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
5273 #endif
5274             }
5275
5276             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5277             {
5278                 CalcDimensions();
5279                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
5280             }
5281         }
5282         result = true;
5283         break;
5284
5285         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
5286         {
5287             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5288             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5289             m_numCols += numCols;
5290
5291             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5292                 GetColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5293
5294             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5295             {
5296                 //Shift the column IDs
5297                 int i;
5298                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
5299                 {
5300                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
5301                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
5302                 }
5303
5304                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
5305
5306                 //Set the new columns' positions
5307                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
5308                 {
5309                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5310                 }
5311             }
5312
5313             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5314             {
5315                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
5316                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
5317
5318                 int right = 0;
5319                 if ( pos > 0 )
5320                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
5321
5322                 int colPos;
5323                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5324                 {
5325                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5326
5327                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5328                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5329                 }
5330             }
5331
5332             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5333             {
5334                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5335                 // cell will be undefined...
5336                 //
5337                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5338             }
5339
5340             if ( m_selection )
5341                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
5342             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5343             if (attrProvider)
5344                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
5345             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5346             {
5347                 CalcDimensions();
5348                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
5349             }
5350         }
5351         result = true;
5352         break;
5353
5354         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
5355         {
5356             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
5357             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
5358             m_numCols += numCols;
5359             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5360                 GetColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5361
5362             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5363             {
5364                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
5365
5366                 //Set the new columns' positions
5367                 int i;
5368                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
5369                 {
5370                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5371                 }
5372             }
5373
5374             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5375             {
5376                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
5377                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
5378
5379                 int right = 0;
5380                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
5381                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
5382
5383                 int colPos;
5384                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5385                 {
5386                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5387
5388                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5389                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5390                 }
5391             }
5392
5393             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5394             {
5395                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5396                 // cell will be undefined...
5397                 //
5398                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5399             }
5400             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5401             {
5402                 CalcDimensions();
5403                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
5404             }
5405         }
5406         result = true;
5407         break;
5408
5409         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5410         {
5411             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5412             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5413             m_numCols -= numCols;
5414             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5415                 GetColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5416
5417             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5418             {
5419                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5420
5421                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5422
5423                 //Shift the column IDs
5424                 int colPos;
5425                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5426                 {
5427                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5428                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5429                 }
5430             }
5431
5432             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5433             {
5434                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5435                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5436
5437                 int w = 0;
5438                 int colPos;
5439                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5440                 {
5441                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5442
5443                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5444                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5445                 }
5446             }
5447
5448             if ( !m_numCols )
5449             {
5450                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5451             }
5452             else
5453             {
5454                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5455                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5456             }
5457
5458             if ( m_selection )
5459                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5460             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5461             if (attrProvider)
5462             {
5463                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5464
5465 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5466 #if 0
5467                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5468                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5469                 // all row attributes.
5470                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5471                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5472                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5473                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5474 #endif
5475             }
5476
5477             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5478             {
5479                 CalcDimensions();
5480                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
5481             }
5482         }
5483         result = true;
5484         break;
5485     }
5486
5487     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5488         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5489
5490     return result;
5491 }
5492
5493 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5494 {
5495     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5496     wxRect r;
5497
5498     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5499
5500     int top, bottom;
5501     while ( iter )
5502     {
5503         r = iter.GetRect();
5504
5505         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5506         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5507         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5508         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5509         //
5510 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5511         int cw, ch;
5512         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5513         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5514             r.SetTop( 0 );
5515         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5516 #endif
5517
5518         // logical bounds of update region
5519         //
5520         int dummy;
5521         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5522         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5523
5524         // find the row labels within these bounds
5525         //
5526         int row;
5527         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5528         {
5529             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5530                 continue;
5531
5532             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5533                 break;
5534
5535             rowlabels.Add( row );
5536         }
5537
5538         ++iter;
5539     }
5540
5541     return rowlabels;
5542 }
5543
5544 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5545 {
5546     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5547     wxRect r;
5548
5549     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5550
5551     int left, right;
5552     while ( iter )
5553     {
5554         r = iter.GetRect();
5555
5556         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5557         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5558         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5559         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5560         //
5561 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5562         int cw, ch;
5563         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5564         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5565             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5566         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5567 #endif
5568
5569         // logical bounds of update region
5570         //
5571         int dummy;
5572         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5573         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5574
5575         // find the cells within these bounds
5576         //
5577         int col;
5578         int colPos;
5579         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5580         {
5581             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5582
5583             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5584                 continue;
5585
5586             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5587                 break;
5588
5589             colLabels.Add( col );
5590         }
5591
5592         ++iter;
5593     }
5594
5595     return colLabels;
5596 }
5597
5598 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5599 {
5600     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5601     wxRect r;
5602
5603     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5604
5605     int left, top, right, bottom;
5606     while ( iter )
5607     {
5608         r = iter.GetRect();
5609
5610         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5611         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5612         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5613         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5614         //
5615 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5616         int cw, ch;
5617         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5618         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5619         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5620         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5621         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5622 #endif
5623
5624         // logical bounds of update region
5625         //
5626         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5627         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5628
5629         // find the cells within these bounds
5630         wxArrayInt cols;
5631         for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5632         {
5633             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5634                 continue;
5635
5636             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5637                 break;
5638
5639             // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which
5640             // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once
5641             // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones
5642             if ( cols.empty() )
5643             {
5644                 // do determine the dirty columns
5645                 for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ )
5646                     cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos));
5647
5648                 // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do
5649                 if ( cols.empty() )
5650                     break;
5651             }
5652
5653             const size_t count = cols.size();
5654             for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
5655                 cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n]));
5656         }
5657
5658         ++iter;
5659     }
5660
5661     return cellsExposed;
5662 }
5663
5664
5665 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5666 {
5667     int x, y, row;
5668     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5669     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5670
5671     if ( event.Dragging() )
5672     {
5673         if (!m_isDragging)
5674         {
5675             m_isDragging = true;
5676             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5677         }
5678
5679         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5680         {
5681             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5682             {
5683                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5684                 {
5685                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5686                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5687                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5688
5689                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5690                     PrepareDC( dc );
5691                     y = wxMax( y,
5692                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5693                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5694                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5695                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5696                     {
5697                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5698                     }
5699                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5700                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5701                 }
5702                 break;
5703
5704                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5705                 {
5706                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5707                     {
5708                         if ( m_selection )
5709                             m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
5710                     }
5711                 }
5712                 break;
5713
5714                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5715                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5716                 default:
5717                     break;
5718             }
5719         }
5720         return;
5721     }
5722
5723     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5724         return;
5725
5726     if (m_isDragging)
5727     {
5728         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5729             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5730         m_isDragging = false;
5731     }
5732
5733     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5734     //
5735     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5736     {
5737         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5738     }
5739
5740     // ------------ Left button pressed
5741     //
5742     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5743     {
5744         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5745         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5746         // wanting to resize the row
5747         //
5748         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5749         {
5750             row = YToRow(y);
5751             if ( row >= 0 &&
5752                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5753             {
5754                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5755                     ClearSelection();
5756                 if ( m_selection )
5757                 {
5758                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5759                     {
5760                         m_selection->SelectBlock
5761                                      (
5762                                         m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0,
5763                                         row, GetNumberCols() - 1,
5764                                         event
5765                                      );
5766                     }
5767                     else
5768                     {
5769                         m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
5770                     }
5771                 }
5772
5773                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5774             }
5775         }
5776         else
5777         {
5778             // starting to drag-resize a row
5779             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5780                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5781         }
5782     }
5783
5784     // ------------ Left double click
5785     //
5786     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5787     {
5788         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5789         if ( row < 0 )
5790         {
5791             row = YToRow(y);
5792             if ( row >=0 &&
5793                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5794             {
5795                 // no default action at the moment
5796             }
5797         }
5798         else
5799         {
5800             // adjust row height depending on label text
5801             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5802
5803             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
5804             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5805         }
5806     }
5807
5808     // ------------ Left button released
5809     //
5810     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5811     {
5812         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5813         {
5814             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5815
5816             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5817             // default processing in this case
5818             //
5819             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5820         }
5821
5822         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5823         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5824     }
5825
5826     // ------------ Right button down
5827     //
5828     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5829     {
5830         row = YToRow(y);
5831         if ( row >=0 &&
5832              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5833         {
5834             // no default action at the moment
5835         }
5836     }
5837
5838     // ------------ Right double click
5839     //
5840     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5841     {
5842         row = YToRow(y);
5843         if ( row >= 0 &&
5844              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5845         {
5846             // no default action at the moment
5847         }
5848     }
5849
5850     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5851     //
5852     else if ( event.Moving() )
5853     {
5854         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5855         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5856         {
5857             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5858             {
5859                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5860                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5861                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5862             }
5863         }
5864         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5865         {
5866             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5867         }
5868     }
5869 }
5870
5871 void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col)
5872 {
5873     wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" );
5874
5875     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5876         GetColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
5877     else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
5878         m_colWindow->Refresh();
5879     //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version
5880 }
5881
5882 void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending)
5883 {
5884     if ( col == m_sortCol )
5885     {
5886         // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all)
5887         // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it
5888         if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending )
5889         {
5890             m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
5891
5892             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
5893         }
5894     }
5895     else // we're changing the column used for sorting
5896     {
5897         const int sortColOld = m_sortCol;
5898
5899         // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn()
5900         // to return the correct new value
5901         m_sortCol = col;
5902
5903         if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND )
5904             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld);
5905
5906         if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
5907         {
5908             m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
5909             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
5910         }
5911     }
5912 }
5913
5914 void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col)
5915 {
5916     // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and
5917     // not vetoed
5918     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 )
5919     {
5920         SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true);
5921         Refresh();
5922     }
5923 }
5924
5925 void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col)
5926 {
5927     m_dragRowOrCol = col;
5928     m_dragLastPos = -1;
5929     DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5930 }
5931
5932 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x)
5933 {
5934     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5935     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5936     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5937
5938     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5939     PrepareDC( dc );
5940
5941     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5942     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5943     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5944     {
5945         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5946     }
5947     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5948     m_dragLastPos = x;
5949 }
5950
5951 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w)
5952 {
5953     DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w);
5954 }
5955
5956 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5957 {
5958     int x, y;
5959     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5960     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5961
5962     int col = XToCol(x);
5963     if ( event.Dragging() )
5964     {
5965         if (!m_isDragging)
5966         {
5967             m_isDragging = true;
5968             GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse();
5969
5970             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 )
5971                 DoStartMoveCol(col);
5972         }
5973
5974         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5975         {
5976             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5977             {
5978                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5979                 DoUpdateResizeCol(x);
5980                 break;
5981
5982                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5983                 {
5984                     if ( col != -1 )
5985                     {
5986                         if ( m_selection )
5987                             m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
5988                     }
5989                 }
5990                 break;
5991
5992                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5993                 {
5994                     int posNew = XToPos(x);
5995                     int colNew = GetColAt(posNew);
5996
5997                     // determine the position of the drop marker
5998                     int markerX;
5999                     if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) )
6000                         markerX = GetColRight(colNew);
6001                     else
6002                         markerX = GetColLeft(colNew);
6003
6004                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
6005                     {
6006                         wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
6007                         DoPrepareDC(dc);
6008
6009                         int cw, ch;
6010                         GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6011
6012                         markerX++;
6013
6014                         //Clean up the last indicator
6015                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6016                         {
6017                             wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
6018                             dc.SetPen(pen);
6019                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
6020                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
6021
6022                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
6023                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
6024                         }
6025
6026                         const wxColour *color;
6027                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
6028                         if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol )
6029                             color = wxLIGHT_GREY;
6030                         else
6031                             color = wxBLUE;
6032
6033                         //Draw the marker
6034                         wxPen pen( *color, 2 );
6035                         dc.SetPen(pen);
6036
6037                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
6038
6039                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
6040
6041                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
6042                     }
6043                 }
6044                 break;
6045
6046                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
6047                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
6048                 default:
6049                     break;
6050             }
6051         }
6052         return;
6053     }
6054
6055     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
6056         return;
6057
6058     if (m_isDragging)
6059     {
6060         if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture())
6061             GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse();
6062         m_isDragging = false;
6063     }
6064
6065     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
6066     //
6067     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6068     {
6069         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
6070     }
6071
6072     // ------------ Left button pressed
6073     //
6074     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
6075     {
6076         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
6077         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
6078         // wanting to resize the col
6079         //
6080         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
6081         {
6082             if ( col >= 0 &&
6083                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
6084             {
6085                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
6086                 {
6087                     //Show button as pressed
6088                     wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
6089                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
6090                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
6091                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
6092                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
6093                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
6094
6095                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
6096                 }
6097                 else
6098                 {
6099                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
6100                         ClearSelection();
6101                     if ( m_selection )
6102                     {
6103                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6104                         {
6105                             m_selection->SelectBlock
6106                                          (
6107                                             0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6108                                             GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
6109                                             event
6110                                          );
6111                         }
6112                         else
6113                         {
6114                             m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
6115                         }
6116                     }
6117
6118                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
6119                 }
6120             }
6121         }
6122         else
6123         {
6124             // starting to drag-resize a col
6125             //
6126             if ( CanDragColSize() )
6127                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
6128         }
6129     }
6130
6131     // ------------ Left double click
6132     //
6133     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
6134     {
6135         const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
6136         if ( colEdge == -1 )
6137         {
6138             if ( col >= 0 &&
6139                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
6140             {
6141                 // no default action at the moment
6142             }
6143         }
6144         else
6145         {
6146             // adjust column width depending on label text
6147             AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge );
6148
6149             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
6150             m_dragLastPos = -1;
6151         }
6152     }
6153
6154     // ------------ Left button released
6155     //
6156     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6157     {
6158         switch ( m_cursorMode )
6159         {
6160             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
6161                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
6162                 break;
6163
6164             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
6165                 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol )
6166                 {
6167                     // the column didn't actually move anywhere
6168                     if ( col != -1 )
6169                         DoColHeaderClick(col);
6170                     m_colWindow->Refresh();   // "unpress" the column
6171                 }
6172                 else
6173                 {
6174                     DoEndMoveCol(XToPos(x));
6175                 }
6176                 break;
6177
6178             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
6179             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
6180             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
6181             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
6182                 if ( col != -1 )
6183                     DoColHeaderClick(col);
6184                 break;
6185         }
6186
6187         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
6188         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6189     }
6190
6191     // ------------ Right button down
6192     //
6193     else if ( event.RightDown() )
6194     {
6195         if ( col >= 0 &&
6196              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
6197         {
6198             // no default action at the moment
6199         }
6200     }
6201
6202     // ------------ Right double click
6203     //
6204     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
6205     {
6206         if ( col >= 0 &&
6207              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
6208         {
6209             // no default action at the moment
6210         }
6211     }
6212
6213     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
6214     //
6215     else if ( event.Moving() )
6216     {
6217         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6218         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
6219         {
6220             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6221             {
6222                 // don't capture the cursor yet
6223                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
6224                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
6225             }
6226         }
6227         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6228         {
6229             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
6230         }
6231     }
6232 }
6233
6234 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
6235 {
6236     if ( event.LeftDown() )
6237     {
6238         // indicate corner label by having both row and
6239         // col args == -1
6240         //
6241         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
6242         {
6243             SelectAll();
6244         }
6245     }
6246     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
6247     {
6248         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
6249     }
6250     else if ( event.RightDown() )
6251     {
6252         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
6253         {
6254             // no default action at the moment
6255         }
6256     }
6257     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
6258     {
6259         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
6260         {
6261             // no default action at the moment
6262         }
6263     }
6264 }
6265
6266 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
6267 {
6268     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
6269     if ( m_winCapture )
6270     {
6271         m_isDragging = false;
6272         m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6273
6274         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
6275         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6276         m_winCapture = NULL;
6277
6278         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
6279         Refresh();
6280     }
6281 }
6282
6283 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
6284                               wxWindow *win,
6285                               bool captureMouse)
6286 {
6287 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
6288     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
6289     {
6290         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
6291         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
6292         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
6293         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
6294         _T("SELECT_COL"),
6295         _T("MOVE_COL"),
6296     };
6297
6298     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
6299                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
6300                win == m_colWindow ? _T("colLabelWin")
6301                                   : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
6302                                         : _T("gridWin"),
6303                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
6304 #endif
6305
6306     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
6307          win == m_winCapture &&
6308          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
6309         return;
6310
6311     if ( !win )
6312     {
6313         // by default use the grid itself
6314         win = m_gridWin;
6315     }
6316
6317     if ( m_winCapture )
6318     {
6319         m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6320         m_winCapture = NULL;
6321     }
6322
6323     m_cursorMode = mode;
6324
6325     switch ( m_cursorMode )
6326     {
6327         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
6328             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
6329             break;
6330
6331         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
6332             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
6333             break;
6334
6335         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
6336             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
6337             break;
6338
6339         default:
6340             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6341             break;
6342     }
6343
6344     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
6345     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
6346                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
6347
6348     if ( captureMouse && resize )
6349     {
6350         win->CaptureMouse();
6351         m_winCapture = win;
6352     }
6353 }
6354
6355 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
6356 // grid mouse event processing
6357 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
6358
6359 void
6360 wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event,
6361                        const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6362                        bool isFirstDrag)
6363 {
6364     if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6365         return; // we're outside any valid cell
6366
6367     // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
6368     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
6369     {
6370         HideCellEditControl();
6371         SaveEditControlValue();
6372     }
6373
6374     switch ( event.GetModifiers() )
6375     {
6376         case wxMOD_CMD:
6377             if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
6378                 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
6379             UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords);
6380             break;
6381
6382         case wxMOD_NONE:
6383             if ( CanDragCell() )
6384             {
6385                 if ( isFirstDrag )
6386                 {
6387                     if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
6388                         m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
6389
6390                     SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event);
6391                     return;
6392                 }
6393             }
6394
6395             UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
6396             break;
6397
6398         default:
6399             // we don't handle the other key modifiers
6400             event.Skip();
6401     }
6402 }
6403
6404 void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper)
6405 {
6406     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
6407     PrepareDC(dc);
6408     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6409
6410     const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)),
6411                          m_gridWin->GetClientSize());
6412
6413     // erase the previously drawn line, if any
6414     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6415         oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
6416
6417     // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here
6418     m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()));
6419
6420     // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size
6421     const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) +
6422                         oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
6423     if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin )
6424         m_dragLastPos = posMin;
6425
6426     // and draw it at the new position
6427     oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
6428 }
6429
6430 void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
6431 {
6432     if ( !m_isDragging )
6433     {
6434         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far
6435         // enough
6436         const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition();
6437         if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition )
6438         {
6439             m_startDragPos = pt;
6440             return;
6441         }
6442
6443         if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY &&
6444                 abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY )
6445             return;
6446     }
6447
6448     const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
6449     m_isDragging = true;
6450
6451     switch ( m_cursorMode )
6452     {
6453         case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
6454             DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag);
6455             break;
6456
6457         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
6458             DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations());
6459             break;
6460
6461         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
6462             DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations());
6463             break;
6464
6465         default:
6466             event.Skip();
6467     }
6468
6469     if ( isFirstDrag )
6470     {
6471         m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6472         m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6473     }
6474 }
6475
6476 void
6477 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event,
6478                            const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6479                            const wxPoint& pos)
6480 {
6481     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) )
6482     {
6483         // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here
6484         return;
6485     }
6486
6487     if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6488         ClearSelection();
6489
6490     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6491     {
6492         if ( m_selection )
6493         {
6494             m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event);
6495             m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
6496         }
6497     }
6498     else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
6499     {
6500         DisableCellEditControl();
6501         MakeCellVisible( coords );
6502
6503         if ( event.CmdDown() )
6504         {
6505             if ( m_selection )
6506             {
6507                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event);
6508             }
6509
6510             m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6511             m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6512             m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
6513         }
6514         else
6515         {
6516             m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords &&
6517                                         coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6518             SetCurrentCell( coords );
6519         }
6520     }
6521 }
6522
6523 void
6524 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event,
6525                              const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6526                              const wxPoint& pos)
6527 {
6528     if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
6529     {
6530         if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) )
6531         {
6532             // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6533             // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6534             m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6535         }
6536     }
6537 }
6538
6539 void
6540 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
6541 {
6542     if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6543     {
6544         if (m_winCapture)
6545         {
6546             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6547             m_winCapture = NULL;
6548         }
6549
6550         if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6551         {
6552             ClearSelection();
6553             EnableCellEditControl();
6554
6555             wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6556             wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6557             editor->StartingClick();
6558             editor->DecRef();
6559             attr->DecRef();
6560
6561             m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6562         }
6563         else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6564              m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6565         {
6566             if ( m_selection )
6567             {
6568                 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
6569                                           m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
6570                                           event );
6571             }
6572
6573             m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6574             m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6575
6576             // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6577             // drag-shrinking.
6578             ShowCellEditControl();
6579         }
6580     }
6581     else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6582     {
6583         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6584         DoEndDragResizeRow();
6585
6586         // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6587         // default processing in this case
6588         //
6589         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6590     }
6591     else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6592     {
6593         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6594         DoEndDragResizeCol();
6595     }
6596
6597     m_dragLastPos = -1;
6598 }
6599
6600 void
6601 wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event),
6602                              const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6603                              const wxPoint& pos)
6604 {
6605     if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6606     {
6607         // out of grid cell area
6608         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6609         return;
6610     }
6611
6612     int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y );
6613     int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x );
6614
6615     // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6616     // directions is not implemented yet...
6617     //
6618     if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6619     {
6620         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6621         return;
6622     }
6623
6624     if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6625     {
6626         m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6627
6628         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6629         {
6630             if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6631                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6632         }
6633     }
6634     // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by
6635     // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the
6636     // column resizing mode programmatically
6637     else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader )
6638     {
6639         m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6640
6641         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6642         {
6643             if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6644                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6645         }
6646     }
6647     else // Neither on a row or col edge
6648     {
6649         if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6650         {
6651             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6652         }
6653     }
6654 }
6655
6656 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
6657 {
6658     const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition());
6659
6660     // coordinates of the cell under mouse
6661     wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos);
6662
6663     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
6664     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6665     if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) )
6666     {
6667         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
6668         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
6669     }
6670
6671     if ( event.Dragging() )
6672     {
6673         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
6674             DoGridDragEvent(event, coords);
6675         else
6676             event.Skip();
6677         return;
6678     }
6679
6680     m_isDragging = false;
6681     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6682
6683     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6684     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6685     //     wxGTK
6686 #if 0
6687     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6688     {
6689         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6690         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6691     }
6692 #endif // 0
6693
6694     // deal with various button presses
6695     if ( event.IsButton() )
6696     {
6697         if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6698         {
6699             DisableCellEditControl();
6700
6701             if ( event.LeftDown() )
6702                 DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos);
6703             else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
6704                 DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos);
6705             else if ( event.RightDown() )
6706                 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event);
6707             else if ( event.RightDClick() )
6708                 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event);
6709         }
6710
6711         // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell
6712         if ( event.LeftUp() )
6713         {
6714             DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords);
6715         }
6716     }
6717     else if ( event.Moving() )
6718     {
6719         DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos);
6720     }
6721     else // unknown mouse event?
6722     {
6723         event.Skip();
6724     }
6725 }
6726
6727 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper)
6728 {
6729     if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 )
6730         return;
6731
6732     const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual();
6733
6734     const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize();
6735
6736     const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
6737
6738     // erase the last line we drew
6739     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
6740     PrepareDC(dc);
6741     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6742
6743     const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin);
6744     const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size);
6745
6746     oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos);
6747
6748     // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing
6749     HideCellEditControl();
6750     SaveEditControlValue();
6751
6752     // do resize the line
6753     const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
6754     oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol,
6755                      wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart,
6756                            oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol)));
6757
6758     m_dragLastPos = -1;
6759
6760     // refresh now if we're not frozen
6761     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6762     {
6763         // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header
6764         // window
6765
6766         // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction
6767         wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0)));
6768         rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition()));
6769
6770         // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here,
6771         // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction
6772         oper.Select(rect) = 0;
6773
6774         wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(),
6775                           oper.MakeSize
6776                                (
6777                                     oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this),
6778                                     doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect)
6779                                ));
6780
6781         oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader);
6782
6783
6784         // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle
6785         if ( m_table )
6786         {
6787             oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size);
6788
6789             int subtractLines = 0;
6790             const int lineStart = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart);
6791             if ( lineStart >= 0 )
6792             {
6793                 // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of
6794                 // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a
6795                 // part of it is affected
6796                 const int lineEnd = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true);
6797                 for ( int line = lineStart; line < lineEnd; line++ )
6798                 {
6799                     int cellLines = oper.Select(
6800                         GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line)));
6801                     if ( cellLines < subtractLines )
6802                         subtractLines = cellLines;
6803                 }
6804             }
6805
6806             int startPos =
6807                 oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines);
6808             startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos);
6809
6810             doper.Select(rect) = startPos;
6811             doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos;
6812
6813             m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect);
6814         }
6815     }
6816
6817     // show the edit control back again
6818     ShowCellEditControl();
6819 }
6820
6821 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6822 {
6823     DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations());
6824 }
6825
6826 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(wxMouseEvent *event)
6827 {
6828     DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations());
6829
6830     // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6831     // default processing in this case
6832     //
6833     if ( event )
6834         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, *event );
6835     else
6836         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol );
6837 }
6838
6839 void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col)
6840 {
6841     m_dragRowOrCol = col;
6842 }
6843
6844 void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos)
6845 {
6846     wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" );
6847
6848     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 )
6849         SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos);
6850     //else: vetoed by user
6851
6852     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
6853 }
6854
6855 void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos)
6856 {
6857     // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed
6858     if ( m_colAt.empty() )
6859     {
6860         m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols);
6861         for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6862             m_colAt.push_back(i);
6863     }
6864
6865     wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos);
6866
6867     // also recalculate the column rights
6868     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6869     {
6870         int colRight = 0;
6871         int colPos;
6872         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6873         {
6874             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6875
6876             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6877             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6878         }
6879     }
6880
6881     // and make the changes visible
6882     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
6883         GetColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt);
6884     else
6885         m_colWindow->Refresh();
6886     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6887 }
6888
6889
6890
6891 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6892 {
6893     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6894         return;
6895
6896     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6897
6898     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6899     {
6900         m_colAt.Clear();
6901
6902         //Recalculate the column rights
6903         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6904         {
6905             int colRight = 0;
6906             int colPos;
6907             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6908             {
6909                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6910                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6911             }
6912         }
6913
6914         m_colWindow->Refresh();
6915         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6916     }
6917 }
6918
6919
6920 //
6921 // ------ interaction with data model
6922 //
6923 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6924 {
6925     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6926     {
6927         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6928             return GetModelValues();
6929
6930         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6931             return SetModelValues();
6932
6933         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6934         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6935         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6936         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6937         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6938         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6939             return Redimension( msg );
6940
6941         default:
6942             return false;
6943     }
6944 }
6945
6946 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6947 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6948 // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6949 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6950 //
6951 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6952 {
6953     if ( m_table )
6954     {
6955         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6956             DisableCellEditControl();
6957
6958         m_table->Clear();
6959         if (!GetBatchCount())
6960             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6961     }
6962 }
6963
6964 bool
6965 wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t),
6966                       int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6967 {
6968     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
6969
6970     if ( !m_table )
6971         return false;
6972
6973     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6974         DisableCellEditControl();
6975
6976     return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num);
6977
6978     // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6979     // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6980 }
6981
6982 bool
6983 wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t),
6984                       int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels))
6985 {
6986     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
6987
6988     if ( !m_table )
6989         return false;
6990
6991     return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num);
6992 }
6993
6994 //
6995 // ----- event handlers
6996 //
6997
6998 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return:
6999 //  -1 if the event was vetoed
7000 //  +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed)
7001 //   0 if the event wasn't handled
7002 int
7003 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type,
7004                   int row, int col,
7005                   wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
7006 {
7007    bool claimed, vetoed;
7008
7009    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
7010    {
7011        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
7012
7013        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
7014                type,
7015                this,
7016                rowOrCol,
7017                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
7018                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
7019                mouseEv);
7020
7021        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7022        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7023    }
7024    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
7025    {
7026        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
7027        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
7028                type,
7029                this,
7030                m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
7031                m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
7032                true,
7033                mouseEv);
7034
7035        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7036        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7037    }
7038    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
7039              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
7040              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
7041              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
7042    {
7043        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
7044
7045        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
7046            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
7047        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
7048            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
7049
7050        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
7051                type,
7052                this,
7053                row, col,
7054                pos.x,
7055                pos.y,
7056                false,
7057                mouseEv);
7058        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7059        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7060    }
7061    else
7062    {
7063        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
7064                type,
7065                this,
7066                row, col,
7067                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
7068                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
7069                false,
7070                mouseEv);
7071        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7072        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7073    }
7074
7075    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
7076    if (vetoed)
7077        return -1;
7078
7079    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
7080 }
7081
7082 // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above
7083 //
7084 int wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col)
7085 {
7086    bool claimed, vetoed;
7087
7088     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
7089     {
7090         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
7091
7092         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
7093
7094         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7095         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7096     }
7097     else
7098     {
7099         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
7100
7101         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7102         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7103      }
7104
7105     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
7106     if (vetoed)
7107         return -1;
7108
7109     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
7110 }
7111
7112 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
7113 {
7114     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
7115     wxPaintDC dc(this);
7116 }
7117
7118 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
7119 {
7120     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
7121     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
7122     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
7123     {
7124         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
7125         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
7126
7127         if (rect)
7128         {
7129             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
7130             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
7131             int x, y;
7132
7133             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
7134             rect_x = rect->GetX();
7135             rect_y = rect->GetY();
7136             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
7137             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
7138
7139             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
7140             if (width_label > rectWidth)
7141                 width_label = rectWidth;
7142
7143             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
7144             if (height_label > rectHeight)
7145                 height_label = rectHeight;
7146
7147             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
7148             {
7149                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
7150                 width_cell = rectWidth;
7151             }
7152             else
7153             {
7154                 x = 0;
7155                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
7156             }
7157
7158             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
7159             {
7160                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
7161                 height_cell = rectHeight;
7162             }
7163             else
7164             {
7165                 y = 0;
7166                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
7167             }
7168
7169             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
7170             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
7171             {
7172                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
7173                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
7174             }
7175
7176             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
7177             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
7178             {
7179                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
7180                 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
7181             }
7182
7183             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
7184             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
7185             {
7186                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
7187                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
7188             }
7189
7190             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
7191             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
7192             {
7193                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
7194                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
7195             }
7196         }
7197         else
7198         {
7199             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
7200             m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
7201             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
7202             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
7203         }
7204     }
7205 }
7206
7207 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
7208 {
7209     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
7210     {
7211         // reposition our children windows
7212         CalcWindowSizes();
7213     }
7214 }
7215
7216 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
7217 {
7218     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
7219     {
7220         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
7221         //
7222         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
7223     }
7224
7225     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
7226
7227     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
7228     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
7229     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
7230     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
7231
7232     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
7233     {
7234         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7235         {
7236             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
7237                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
7238             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
7239                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
7240         }
7241
7242         // try local handlers
7243         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
7244         {
7245             case WXK_UP:
7246                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7247                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7248                 else
7249                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
7250                 break;
7251
7252             case WXK_DOWN:
7253                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7254                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7255                 else
7256                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7257                 break;
7258
7259             case WXK_LEFT:
7260                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7261                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7262                 else
7263                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7264                 break;
7265
7266             case WXK_RIGHT:
7267                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7268                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7269                 else
7270                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7271                 break;
7272
7273             case WXK_RETURN:
7274             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7275                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7276                 {
7277                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7278                 }
7279                 else
7280                 {
7281                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7282                     {
7283                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7284                     }
7285                     else
7286                     {
7287                         // at the bottom of a column
7288                         DisableCellEditControl();
7289                     }
7290                 }
7291                 break;
7292
7293             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7294                 ClearSelection();
7295                 break;
7296
7297             case WXK_TAB:
7298                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7299                 {
7300                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7301                     {
7302                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7303                     }
7304                     else
7305                     {
7306                         // at left of grid
7307                         DisableCellEditControl();
7308                     }
7309                 }
7310                 else
7311                 {
7312                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7313                     {
7314                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7315                     }
7316                     else
7317                     {
7318                         // at right of grid
7319                         DisableCellEditControl();
7320                     }
7321                 }
7322                 break;
7323
7324             case WXK_HOME:
7325                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7326                 {
7327                     GoToCell(0, 0);
7328                 }
7329                 else
7330                 {
7331                     event.Skip();
7332                 }
7333                 break;
7334
7335             case WXK_END:
7336                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7337                 {
7338                     GoToCell(m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1);
7339                 }
7340                 else
7341                 {
7342                     event.Skip();
7343                 }
7344                 break;
7345
7346             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7347                 MovePageUp();
7348                 break;
7349
7350             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7351                 MovePageDown();
7352                 break;
7353
7354             case WXK_SPACE:
7355                 // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the
7356                 // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything
7357                 switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE )
7358                 {
7359                     case wxMOD_CONTROL:
7360                         m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
7361                         break;
7362
7363                     case wxMOD_SHIFT:
7364                         m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow());
7365                         break;
7366
7367                     case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT:
7368                         m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0,
7369                                                  m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1);
7370                         break;
7371
7372                     case wxMOD_NONE:
7373                         if ( !IsEditable() )
7374                         {
7375                             MoveCursorRight(false);
7376                             break;
7377                         }
7378                         //else: fall through
7379
7380                     default:
7381                         event.Skip();
7382                 }
7383                 break;
7384
7385             default:
7386                 event.Skip();
7387                 break;
7388         }
7389     }
7390
7391     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7392 }
7393
7394 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7395 {
7396     // try local handlers
7397     //
7398     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7399     {
7400         if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7401              m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7402         {
7403             if ( m_selection )
7404             {
7405                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7406                     m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
7407                     m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
7408                     event);
7409             }
7410         }
7411
7412         m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7413         m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7414         m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7415     }
7416 }
7417
7418 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7419 {
7420     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7421     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7422     {
7423         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7424         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7425         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7426         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7427         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7428
7429         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7430         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7431         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7432              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7433         {
7434             // ensure cell is visble
7435             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7436             EnableCellEditControl();
7437
7438             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7439             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7440             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7441             // crash the app
7442             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7443                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7444         }
7445         else
7446         {
7447             event.Skip();
7448         }
7449
7450         editor->DecRef();
7451         attr->DecRef();
7452     }
7453     else
7454     {
7455         event.Skip();
7456     }
7457 }
7458
7459 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7460 {
7461 }
7462
7463 bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7464 {
7465     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 )
7466     {
7467         // the event has been vetoed - do nothing
7468         return false;
7469     }
7470
7471 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7472     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7473     PrepareDC( dc );
7474 #endif
7475
7476     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7477     {
7478         DisableCellEditControl();
7479
7480         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7481         {
7482             wxRect r;
7483             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7484             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7485             {
7486                 r.x--;
7487                 r.y--;
7488                 r.width++;
7489                 r.height++;
7490             }
7491
7492             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7493
7494             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7495             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7496
7497 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7498             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7499 #else
7500             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7501             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7502 #endif
7503         }
7504     }
7505
7506     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7507
7508     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7509 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7510     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7511 #endif
7512     attr->DecRef();
7513
7514     return true;
7515 }
7516
7517 void
7518 wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol,
7519                                  int bottomRow, int rightCol)
7520 {
7521     if ( m_selection )
7522     {
7523         switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
7524         {
7525             default:
7526                 wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" );
7527                 // fall through
7528
7529             case wxGridSelectCells:
7530                 // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell
7531                 // coordinates as is
7532                 break;
7533
7534             case wxGridSelectRows:
7535                 // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select
7536                 // full rows
7537                 leftCol = 0;
7538                 rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7539                 break;
7540
7541             case wxGridSelectColumns:
7542                 // same as above but for columns
7543                 topRow = 0;
7544                 bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7545                 break;
7546
7547             case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
7548                 // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so
7549                 // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't
7550                 // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we
7551                 // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is
7552                 // not useful)
7553                 return;
7554         }
7555     }
7556
7557     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
7558     MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner);
7559
7560     EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow);
7561     EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol);
7562
7563     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol),
7564                      updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
7565
7566     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7567     if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7568          m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7569     {
7570         wxRect rect;
7571         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7572                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7573         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7574     }
7575
7576     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7577     else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7578               m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7579     {
7580         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7581         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7582         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7583         wxRect  rect[4];
7584         bool    need_refresh[4];
7585         need_refresh[0] =
7586         need_refresh[1] =
7587         need_refresh[2] =
7588         need_refresh[3] = false;
7589         int     i;
7590
7591         // Store intermediate values
7592         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol();
7593         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow();
7594         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol();
7595         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow();
7596
7597         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7598         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol);
7599         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow);
7600         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight);
7601         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom);
7602
7603         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7604         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7605         // is contained in the other.
7606
7607         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7608         {
7609             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7610             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7611             need_refresh[0] = true;
7612             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7613                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7614                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7615         }
7616
7617         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7618         {
7619             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7620             // area above the old or new selection.
7621             need_refresh[1] = true;
7622             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7623                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7624                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7625         }
7626
7627         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7628         {
7629             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7630             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7631             need_refresh[2] = true;
7632             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7633                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7634                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7635         }
7636
7637         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7638         {
7639             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7640             // area below the old or new selection.
7641             need_refresh[3] = true;
7642             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7643                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7644                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7645         }
7646
7647         // various Refresh() calls
7648         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7649             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7650                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7651     }
7652
7653     // change selection
7654     m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7655     m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7656 }
7657
7658 //
7659 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7660 //
7661
7662 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7663 {
7664     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7665     HideCellEditControl();
7666
7667     if ( m_table )
7668     {
7669         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7670         //
7671         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7672         return true;
7673     }
7674
7675     return false;
7676 }
7677
7678 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7679 {
7680     int row, col;
7681
7682     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7683     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7684     // I think so ...
7685     DisableCellEditControl();
7686
7687     if ( m_table )
7688     {
7689         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7690         {
7691             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7692             {
7693                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7694             }
7695         }
7696
7697         return true;
7698     }
7699
7700     return false;
7701 }
7702
7703 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7704 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7705 // CalcExposedCells)
7706 //
7707 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7708 {
7709     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7710         return;
7711
7712     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7713     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7714     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7715
7716     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7717     {
7718         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7719         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7720         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7721
7722         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7723         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7724         {
7725             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7726             bool marked = false;
7727             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7728             {
7729                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7730                 {
7731                     marked = true;
7732                     break;
7733                 }
7734             }
7735
7736             if (!marked)
7737             {
7738                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7739                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7740                 {
7741                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7742                     {
7743                         marked = true;
7744                         break;
7745                     }
7746                 }
7747
7748                 if (!marked)
7749                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7750             }
7751
7752             // don't bother drawing this cell
7753             continue;
7754         }
7755
7756         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7757         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7758         {
7759             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7760             {
7761                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7762                 int left = col;
7763                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7764                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7765                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7766                     {
7767                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7768                     }
7769
7770                 if (left == col)
7771                     left = 0; // oh well
7772
7773                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7774                 {
7775                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7776                     {
7777                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7778                         {
7779                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7780                             bool marked = false;
7781
7782                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7783                             {
7784                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7785                                 {
7786                                     marked = true;
7787                                     break;
7788                                 }
7789                             }
7790
7791                             if (!marked)
7792                             {
7793                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7794                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7795                                 {
7796                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7797                                     {
7798                                         marked = true;
7799                                         break;
7800                                     }
7801                                 }
7802                                 if (!marked)
7803                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7804                             }
7805                         }
7806                         break;
7807                     }
7808                 }
7809             }
7810         }
7811
7812         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7813     }
7814
7815     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7816
7817     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7818     {
7819         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7820     }
7821 }
7822
7823 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7824 {
7825   int cw, ch;
7826   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7827
7828   int right, bottom;
7829   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7830
7831   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7832   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7833
7834   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7835   {
7836       int left, top;
7837       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7838
7839       dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour());
7840       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7841
7842       if ( right > rightCol )
7843       {
7844           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7845       }
7846
7847       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7848       {
7849           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7850       }
7851   }
7852 }
7853
7854 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7855 {
7856     int row = coords.GetRow();
7857     int col = coords.GetCol();
7858
7859     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7860         return;
7861
7862     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7863     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7864
7865     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7866
7867     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7868
7869     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7870     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7871     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7872     {
7873         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7874         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7875         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7876         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7877 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7878         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7879         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7880         editor->DecRef();
7881 #endif
7882     }
7883     else
7884     {
7885         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7886         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7887         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7888         renderer->DecRef();
7889     }
7890
7891     attr->DecRef();
7892 }
7893
7894 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7895 {
7896     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7897     if ( !HasFocus() )
7898         return;
7899
7900     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7901     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7902
7903     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7904         return;
7905
7906     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7907
7908     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7909     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7910     // it doesn't look really good
7911
7912     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7913
7914     if (penWidth > 0)
7915     {
7916         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7917         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7918         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7919         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7920         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7921         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7922         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7923         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7924         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7925
7926         // Now draw the rectangle
7927         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7928         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7929         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground
7930                                                : m_cellHighlightColour,
7931                         penWidth));
7932         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7933         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7934     }
7935 }
7936
7937 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7938 {
7939     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour());
7940 }
7941
7942 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7943 {
7944     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7945 }
7946
7947 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7948 {
7949     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7950 }
7951
7952 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7953 {
7954     int row = coords.GetRow();
7955     int col = coords.GetCol();
7956     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7957         return;
7958
7959
7960     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7961
7962     // right hand border
7963     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7964     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7965                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7966
7967     // bottom border
7968     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7969     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7970                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7971 }
7972
7973 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7974 {
7975     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7976     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7977     //
7978     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7979          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7980     {
7981         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7982     }
7983
7984     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7985     {
7986         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7987         return;
7988     }
7989
7990     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7991     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7992     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7993     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7994     {
7995         wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n];
7996
7997         // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another
7998         // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor"
7999         // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by
8000         // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even
8001         // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment.
8002         if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
8003         {
8004             int rows = 0,
8005                 cols = 0;
8006             GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols);
8007
8008             if ( rows < 0 )
8009                 cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows);
8010
8011             if ( cols < 0 )
8012                 cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols);
8013         }
8014
8015         if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords )
8016         {
8017             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8018             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
8019             attr->DecRef();
8020
8021             break;
8022         }
8023     }
8024 }
8025
8026 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
8027 // has been changed
8028 //
8029 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
8030 {
8031     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
8032          return;
8033
8034     int top, bottom, left, right;
8035
8036     int cw, ch;
8037     m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
8038     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
8039     CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
8040
8041     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
8042     if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz )
8043     {
8044         if ( !m_numCols )
8045             return;
8046
8047         const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1));
8048         if ( right > lastColRight )
8049             right = lastColRight;
8050     }
8051
8052     if ( m_gridLinesClipVert )
8053     {
8054         if ( !m_numRows )
8055             return;
8056
8057         const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1);
8058         if ( bottom > lastRowBottom )
8059             bottom = lastRowBottom;
8060     }
8061
8062     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
8063     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
8064     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
8065     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
8066     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
8067
8068     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
8069
8070     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8071     wxRect rect;
8072
8073     for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
8074     {
8075         for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ )
8076         {
8077             int i = GetColAt( colPos );
8078
8079             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8080             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
8081             {
8082                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
8083                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8084                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
8085             }
8086             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
8087             {
8088                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
8089                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8090                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
8091             }
8092         }
8093     }
8094
8095     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
8096
8097
8098     // horizontal grid lines
8099     for ( int i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
8100     {
8101         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
8102
8103         if ( bot > bottom )
8104             break;
8105
8106         if ( bot >= top )
8107         {
8108             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
8109             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
8110         }
8111     }
8112
8113     // vertical grid lines
8114     for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
8115     {
8116         int i = GetColAt( colPos );
8117
8118         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
8119 #ifdef __WXGTK__
8120         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
8121 #endif
8122             colRight--;
8123
8124         if ( colRight > right )
8125             break;
8126
8127         if ( colRight >= left )
8128         {
8129             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
8130             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
8131         }
8132     }
8133
8134     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
8135 }
8136
8137 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
8138 {
8139     if ( !m_numRows )
8140         return;
8141
8142     const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
8143     for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
8144     {
8145         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
8146     }
8147 }
8148
8149 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
8150 {
8151     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
8152         return;
8153
8154     wxRect rect;
8155
8156     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
8157         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
8158
8159     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
8160     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
8161     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
8162     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
8163
8164     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8165     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
8166     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
8167
8168     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8169     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8170     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8171
8172     int hAlign, vAlign;
8173     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8174
8175     rect.SetX( 2 );
8176     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
8177     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
8178     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
8179     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
8180 }
8181
8182 void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native)
8183 {
8184     if ( native == m_useNativeHeader )
8185         return;
8186
8187     delete m_colWindow;
8188     m_useNativeHeader = native;
8189
8190     CreateColumnWindow();
8191
8192     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8193         GetColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
8194     CalcWindowSizes();
8195 }
8196
8197 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
8198 {
8199     wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader,
8200                   "doesn't make sense when using native header" );
8201
8202     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
8203     if (native)
8204     {
8205         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
8206         SetColLabelSize( height );
8207     }
8208
8209     GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh();
8210     m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8211 }
8212
8213 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
8214 {
8215     if ( !m_numCols )
8216         return;
8217
8218     const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
8219     for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
8220     {
8221         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
8222     }
8223 }
8224
8225 void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc)
8226 {
8227     if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
8228     {
8229         wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight));
8230         rect.Deflate(1);
8231
8232         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0);
8233     }
8234     else
8235     {
8236         dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
8237         dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8238                      m_rowLabelWidth - 1, 0 );
8239         dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8240                      0, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8241         dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, 0 );
8242         dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, m_colLabelHeight );
8243
8244         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8245         dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, 1 );
8246         dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8247     }
8248 }
8249
8250 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col)
8251 {
8252     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
8253         return;
8254
8255     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
8256
8257     wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight);
8258
8259     if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
8260     {
8261         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton
8262                                 (
8263                                     GetColLabelWindow(),
8264                                     dc,
8265                                     rect,
8266                                     0,
8267                                     IsSortingBy(col)
8268                                         ? IsSortOrderAscending()
8269                                             ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP
8270                                             : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN
8271                                         : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE
8272                                 );
8273     }
8274     else
8275     {
8276         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
8277
8278         dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
8279         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0,
8280                      colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8281         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0,
8282                      colRight, 0 );
8283         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8284                      colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8285
8286         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8287         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8288         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8289     }
8290
8291     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8292     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8293     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8294
8295     int hAlign, vAlign;
8296     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8297     const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8298
8299     rect.Deflate(2);
8300     DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient);
8301 }
8302
8303 // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which
8304 //       we just have to add textOrientation support
8305 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8306                                 const wxString& value,
8307                                 const wxRect& rect,
8308                                 int horizAlign,
8309                                 int vertAlign,
8310                                 int textOrientation )
8311 {
8312     wxArrayString lines;
8313
8314     StringToLines( value, lines );
8315
8316     DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
8317 }
8318
8319 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8320                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8321                                const wxRect& rect,
8322                                int horizAlign,
8323                                int vertAlign,
8324                                int textOrientation)
8325 {
8326     if ( lines.empty() )
8327         return;
8328
8329     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8330
8331     long textWidth,
8332          textHeight;
8333
8334     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8335         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8336     else
8337         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8338
8339     int x = 0,
8340         y = 0;
8341     switch ( vertAlign )
8342     {
8343         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8344             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8345                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8346             else
8347                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8348             break;
8349
8350         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8351             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8352                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8353             else
8354                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8355             break;
8356
8357         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8358         default:
8359             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8360                 y = rect.y + 1;
8361             else
8362                 x = rect.x + 1;
8363             break;
8364     }
8365
8366     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8367     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8368     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8369     {
8370         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8371
8372         if ( line.empty() )
8373         {
8374             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8375             continue;
8376         }
8377
8378         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8379              lineHeight = 0;
8380         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8381
8382         switch ( horizAlign )
8383         {
8384             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8385                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8386                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8387                 else
8388                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8389                 break;
8390
8391             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8392                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8393                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8394                 else
8395                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8396                 break;
8397
8398             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8399             default:
8400                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8401                     x = rect.x + 1;
8402                 else
8403                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8404                 break;
8405         }
8406
8407         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8408         {
8409             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8410             y += lineHeight;
8411         }
8412         else
8413         {
8414             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8415             x += lineHeight;
8416         }
8417     }
8418 }
8419
8420 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8421 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8422 //
8423 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8424 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8425 {
8426     int startPos = 0;
8427     int pos;
8428     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8429     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8430
8431     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8432     {
8433         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8434         if ( pos < 0 )
8435         {
8436             break;
8437         }
8438         else if ( pos == 0 )
8439         {
8440             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8441         }
8442         else
8443         {
8444             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8445         }
8446
8447         startPos += pos + 1;
8448     }
8449
8450     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8451     {
8452         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8453     }
8454 }
8455
8456 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8457                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8458                              long *width, long *height ) const
8459 {
8460     wxCoord w = 0;
8461     wxCoord h = 0;
8462     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8463
8464     size_t i;
8465     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8466     {
8467         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8468         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8469         h += lineH;
8470     }
8471
8472     *width = w;
8473     *height = h;
8474 }
8475
8476 //
8477 // ------ Batch processing.
8478 //
8479 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8480 {
8481     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8482     {
8483         m_batchCount--;
8484         if ( !m_batchCount )
8485         {
8486             CalcDimensions();
8487             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8488             m_colWindow->Refresh();
8489             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8490             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8491         }
8492     }
8493 }
8494
8495 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8496 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8497 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8498 //
8499 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8500 {
8501     BeginBatch();
8502     EndBatch();
8503 }
8504
8505 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8506 {
8507     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8508         return false;
8509
8510     // redraw in the new state
8511     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8512
8513     return true;
8514 }
8515
8516 //
8517 // ------ Edit control functions
8518 //
8519
8520 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8521 {
8522     if ( edit != m_editable )
8523     {
8524         if (!edit)
8525             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8526         m_editable = edit;
8527     }
8528 }
8529
8530 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8531 {
8532     if (! m_editable)
8533         return;
8534
8535     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8536     {
8537         if ( enable )
8538         {
8539             if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 )
8540                 return;
8541
8542             // this should be checked by the caller!
8543             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8544
8545             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8546             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8547
8548             ShowCellEditControl();
8549         }
8550         else
8551         {
8552             //FIXME:add veto support
8553             SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
8554
8555             HideCellEditControl();
8556             SaveEditControlValue();
8557
8558             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8559             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8560         }
8561     }
8562 }
8563
8564 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8565 {
8566     // const_cast
8567     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8568     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8569     attr->DecRef();
8570
8571     return readonly;
8572 }
8573
8574 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8575 {
8576     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8577         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8578 }
8579
8580 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8581 {
8582     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8583     // current one if it's read only
8584     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8585 }
8586
8587 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8588 {
8589     bool isShown = false;
8590
8591     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8592     {
8593         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8594         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8595         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8596         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8597         attr->DecRef();
8598
8599         if ( editor )
8600         {
8601             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8602             {
8603                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8604             }
8605
8606             editor->DecRef();
8607         }
8608     }
8609
8610     return isShown;
8611 }
8612
8613 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8614 {
8615     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8616     {
8617         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8618         {
8619             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8620             return;
8621         }
8622         else
8623         {
8624             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8625             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8626             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8627
8628             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8629             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8630             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8631             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8632             {
8633                 row += cell_rows;
8634                 col += cell_cols;
8635                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8636                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8637             }
8638
8639             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8640             // might not cover the entire cell
8641             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8642             PrepareDC( dc );
8643             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8644             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour()));
8645             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8646             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8647
8648             // convert to scrolled coords
8649             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8650
8651             int nXMove = 0;
8652             if (rect.x < 0)
8653                 nXMove = rect.x;
8654
8655             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8656             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8657             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8658             // "don't change."
8659             if (rect.x > 0)
8660                 rect.x--;
8661             if (rect.y > 0)
8662                 rect.y--;
8663
8664             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8665             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8666             {
8667                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8668                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8669
8670                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8671                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8672                                              this,
8673                                              row,
8674                                              col,
8675                                              editor->GetControl());
8676                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8677             }
8678
8679             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8680             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8681             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8682             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8683             {
8684                 int y;
8685                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8686                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8687                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8688             }
8689
8690             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8691             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8692                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8693
8694             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8695             {
8696                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8697                 // may have changed earlier
8698                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8699                 {
8700                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8701                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8702
8703                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8704                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8705                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8706                     {
8707                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8708                     }
8709                     else
8710                         break;
8711                 }
8712
8713                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8714                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8715             }
8716
8717             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8718             editor->SetSize( rect );
8719             if (nXMove != 0)
8720                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8721                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8722                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8723             editor->Show( true, attr );
8724
8725             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8726             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8727             CalcDimensions();
8728
8729             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8730             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8731
8732             editor->DecRef();
8733             attr->DecRef();
8734         }
8735     }
8736 }
8737
8738 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8739 {
8740     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8741     {
8742         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8743         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8744
8745         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8746         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8747         const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus();
8748         editor->Show( false );
8749         editor->DecRef();
8750         attr->DecRef();
8751
8752         // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it
8753         //
8754         // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing
8755         // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the
8756         // editor precisely because we lost focus
8757         if ( editorHadFocus )
8758             m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8759
8760         // refresh whole row to the right
8761         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8762         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8763         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8764
8765 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8766         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8767         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8768 #endif
8769
8770         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8771     }
8772 }
8773
8774 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8775 {
8776     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8777     {
8778         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8779         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8780
8781         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8782
8783         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8784         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8785         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8786
8787         editor->DecRef();
8788         attr->DecRef();
8789
8790         if (changed)
8791         {
8792             if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) == -1 )
8793             {
8794                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8795                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8796             }
8797         }
8798     }
8799 }
8800
8801 //
8802 // ------ Grid location functions
8803 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8804 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8805 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8806 //
8807
8808 wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const
8809 {
8810     int row = YToRow(y);
8811     int col = XToCol(x);
8812
8813     return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords
8814                                   : wxGridCellCoords(row, col);
8815 }
8816
8817 // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8818 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of
8819 // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly (linear search shouldn't be used
8820 // for large grids)
8821 int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord,
8822                          bool clipToMinMax,
8823                          const wxGridOperations& oper) const
8824 {
8825     const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
8826
8827     if ( coord < 0 )
8828         return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND;
8829
8830     const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this);
8831     wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" );
8832
8833     int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize,
8834         minPos = 0;
8835
8836     // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes
8837     // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in
8838     const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this);
8839     if ( lineEnds.empty() )
8840     {
8841         if ( maxPos < numLines )
8842             return maxPos;
8843
8844         return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1;
8845     }
8846
8847
8848     // adjust maxPos before starting the binary search
8849     if ( maxPos >= numLines )
8850     {
8851         maxPos = numLines  - 1;
8852     }
8853     else
8854     {
8855         if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)])
8856         {
8857             minPos = maxPos;
8858             const int minDist = oper.GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(this);
8859             if ( minDist )
8860                 maxPos = coord / minDist;
8861             else
8862                 maxPos = numLines - 1;
8863         }
8864
8865         if ( maxPos >= numLines )
8866             maxPos = numLines  - 1;
8867     }
8868
8869     // check if the position is beyond the last column
8870     const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos);
8871     if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] )
8872         return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1;
8873
8874     // or before the first one
8875     const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0);
8876     if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] )
8877         return 0;
8878
8879
8880     // finally do perform the binary search
8881     while ( minPos < maxPos )
8882     {
8883         wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord &&
8884                         coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)],
8885                      -1,
8886                      "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" );
8887
8888         if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] )
8889             return maxPos;
8890         else
8891             maxPos--;
8892
8893         const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8894         if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] )
8895             maxPos = median;
8896         else
8897             minPos = median;
8898     }
8899
8900     return maxPos;
8901 }
8902
8903 int
8904 wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord,
8905                   bool clipToMinMax,
8906                   const wxGridOperations& oper) const
8907 {
8908     int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper);
8909
8910     return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos);
8911 }
8912
8913 int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const
8914 {
8915     return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations());
8916 }
8917
8918 int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const
8919 {
8920     return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations());
8921 }
8922
8923 int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const
8924 {
8925     return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations());
8926 }
8927
8928 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or -1 if
8929 // not near an edge.
8930 //
8931 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8932 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8933 //        that is _not_ near the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8934 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8935 //        near the edge).
8936 //   and
8937 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8938 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8939 //
8940 int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const
8941 {
8942     if ( !oper.CanResizeLines(this) )
8943         return -1;
8944
8945     const int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true);
8946
8947     if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8948     {
8949         // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough
8950         // to start or end border, respectively.
8951         if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8952             return line;
8953         else if ( line > 0 &&
8954                     pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this,
8955                                                line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8956             return line - 1;
8957     }
8958
8959     return -1;
8960 }
8961
8962 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const
8963 {
8964     return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations());
8965 }
8966
8967 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const
8968 {
8969     return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations());
8970 }
8971
8972 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8973 {
8974     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8975
8976     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8977          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8978     {
8979         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8980         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8981         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8982         // if negative then find multicell owner
8983         if (cell_rows < 0)
8984             row += cell_rows;
8985         if (cell_cols < 0)
8986              col += cell_cols;
8987         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8988
8989         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8990         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8991         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8992             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8993         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8994             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8995     }
8996
8997     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8998     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8999     {
9000         rect.width -= 1;
9001         rect.height -= 1;
9002     }
9003
9004     return rect;
9005 }
9006
9007 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
9008 {
9009     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
9010     //
9011     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
9012
9013     // convert to device coords
9014     //
9015     int left, top, right, bottom;
9016     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
9017     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
9018
9019     // check against the client area of the grid window
9020     int cw, ch;
9021     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9022
9023     if ( wholeCellVisible )
9024     {
9025         // is the cell wholly visible ?
9026         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
9027                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
9028     }
9029     else
9030     {
9031         // is the cell partly visible ?
9032         //
9033         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
9034                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
9035     }
9036 }
9037
9038 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
9039 // of scrolling
9040 //
9041 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
9042 {
9043     int i;
9044     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
9045
9046     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
9047          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
9048     {
9049         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
9050         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
9051
9052         // convert to device coords
9053         int left, top, right, bottom;
9054         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
9055         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
9056
9057         int cw, ch;
9058         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9059
9060         if ( top < 0 )
9061         {
9062             ypos = r.GetTop();
9063         }
9064         else if ( bottom > ch )
9065         {
9066             int h = r.GetHeight();
9067             ypos = r.GetTop();
9068             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
9069             {
9070                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
9071                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
9072                     break;
9073
9074                 h += rowHeight;
9075                 ypos -= rowHeight;
9076             }
9077
9078             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
9079             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
9080             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
9081             //
9082             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
9083             // so just add a full scroll unit...
9084             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
9085         }
9086
9087         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
9088         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
9089         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
9090 //      if ( left < 0 )
9091         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
9092         {
9093             xpos = r.GetLeft();
9094         }
9095         else if ( right > cw )
9096         {
9097             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
9098             int x0, y0;
9099             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
9100             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
9101
9102             // see comment for ypos above
9103             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
9104         }
9105
9106         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
9107         {
9108             if ( xpos != -1 )
9109                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
9110             if ( ypos != -1 )
9111                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
9112             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
9113             AdjustScrollbars();
9114         }
9115     }
9116 }
9117
9118 //
9119 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
9120 //
9121
9122 bool
9123 wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection,
9124                      const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
9125 {
9126     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9127         return false;
9128
9129     if ( expandSelection )
9130     {
9131         wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner;
9132         if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9133             coords = m_currentCellCoords;
9134
9135         if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
9136             return false;
9137
9138         diroper.Advance(coords);
9139
9140         UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
9141     }
9142     else // don't expand selection
9143     {
9144         ClearSelection();
9145
9146         if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
9147             return false;
9148
9149         wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords;
9150         diroper.Advance(coords);
9151
9152         GoToCell(coords);
9153     }
9154
9155     return true;
9156 }
9157
9158 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection)
9159 {
9160     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
9161                         wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
9162 }
9163
9164 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection)
9165 {
9166     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
9167                         wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
9168 }
9169
9170 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection)
9171 {
9172     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
9173                         wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
9174 }
9175
9176 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection)
9177 {
9178     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
9179                         wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
9180 }
9181
9182 bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
9183 {
9184     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9185         return false;
9186
9187     if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
9188         return false;
9189
9190     const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9191     int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y);
9192     if ( newRow == oldRow )
9193     {
9194         wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
9195         diroper.Advance(coords);
9196         newRow = coords.GetRow();
9197     }
9198
9199     GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
9200
9201     return true;
9202 }
9203
9204 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9205 {
9206     return DoMoveCursorByPage(
9207                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
9208 }
9209
9210 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9211 {
9212     return DoMoveCursorByPage(
9213                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
9214 }
9215
9216 // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper
9217 // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end
9218 void
9219 wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords,
9220                               const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
9221 {
9222     while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
9223     {
9224         diroper.Advance(coords);
9225         if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
9226             break;
9227     }
9228 }
9229
9230 bool
9231 wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection,
9232                             const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
9233 {
9234     if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9235         return false;
9236
9237     if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
9238         return false;
9239
9240     wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
9241     if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
9242     {
9243         // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells
9244         AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
9245     }
9246     else // current cell is not empty
9247     {
9248         diroper.Advance(coords);
9249         if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
9250         {
9251             // we started at the end of a block, find the next one
9252             AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
9253         }
9254         else // we're in a middle of a block
9255         {
9256             // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next
9257             // empty one
9258             while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
9259             {
9260                 wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords);
9261                 diroper.Advance(coordsNext);
9262                 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) )
9263                     break;
9264
9265                 coords = coordsNext;
9266             }
9267         }
9268     }
9269
9270     if ( expandSelection )
9271     {
9272         UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
9273     }
9274     else
9275     {
9276         ClearSelection();
9277         GoToCell(coords);
9278     }
9279
9280     return true;
9281 }
9282
9283 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection)
9284 {
9285     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
9286                 expandSelection,
9287                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
9288            );
9289 }
9290
9291 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9292 {
9293     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
9294                 expandSelection,
9295                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
9296            );
9297 }
9298
9299 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9300 {
9301     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
9302                 expandSelection,
9303                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
9304            );
9305 }
9306
9307 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9308 {
9309     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
9310                 expandSelection,
9311                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
9312            );
9313 }
9314
9315 //
9316 // ------ Label values and formatting
9317 //
9318
9319 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9320 {
9321     if ( horiz )
9322         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9323     if ( vert )
9324         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9325 }
9326
9327 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9328 {
9329     if ( horiz )
9330         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9331     if ( vert )
9332         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9333 }
9334
9335 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9336 {
9337     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9338 }
9339
9340 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9341 {
9342     if ( m_table )
9343     {
9344         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9345     }
9346     else
9347     {
9348         wxString s;
9349         s << row;
9350         return s;
9351     }
9352 }
9353
9354 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9355 {
9356     if ( m_table )
9357     {
9358         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9359     }
9360     else
9361     {
9362         wxString s;
9363         s << col;
9364         return s;
9365     }
9366 }
9367
9368 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9369 {
9370     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9371
9372     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9373     {
9374         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9375     }
9376
9377     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9378     {
9379         if ( width == 0 )
9380         {
9381             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9382             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9383         }
9384         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9385         {
9386             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9387             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9388                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9389         }
9390
9391         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9392         CalcWindowSizes();
9393         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9394     }
9395 }
9396
9397 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9398 {
9399     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9400
9401     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9402     {
9403         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9404     }
9405
9406     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9407     {
9408         if ( height == 0 )
9409         {
9410             m_colWindow->Show( false );
9411             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9412         }
9413         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9414         {
9415             m_colWindow->Show( true );
9416             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9417                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9418         }
9419
9420         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9421         CalcWindowSizes();
9422         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9423     }
9424 }
9425
9426 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9427 {
9428     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9429     {
9430         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9431         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9432         m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9433         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9434
9435         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9436         {
9437             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9438             m_colWindow->Refresh();
9439             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9440         }
9441     }
9442 }
9443
9444 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9445 {
9446     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9447     {
9448         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9449         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9450         {
9451             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9452             m_colWindow->Refresh();
9453         }
9454     }
9455 }
9456
9457 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9458 {
9459     m_labelFont = font;
9460     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9461     {
9462         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9463         m_colWindow->Refresh();
9464     }
9465 }
9466
9467 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9468 {
9469     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9470     switch ( horiz )
9471     {
9472         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9473         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9474         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9475     }
9476
9477     switch ( vert )
9478     {
9479         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9480         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9481         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9482     }
9483
9484     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9485     {
9486         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9487     }
9488
9489     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9490     {
9491         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9492     }
9493
9494     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9495     {
9496         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9497     }
9498 }
9499
9500 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9501 {
9502     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9503     switch ( horiz )
9504     {
9505         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9506         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9507         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9508     }
9509
9510     switch ( vert )
9511     {
9512         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9513         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9514         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9515     }
9516
9517     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9518     {
9519         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9520     }
9521
9522     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9523     {
9524         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9525     }
9526
9527     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9528     {
9529         m_colWindow->Refresh();
9530     }
9531 }
9532
9533 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9534 //       does not support vertical printing
9535 //
9536 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9537 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9538 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9539 //
9540 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9541 {
9542     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9543         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9544
9545     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9546         m_colWindow->Refresh();
9547 }
9548
9549 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9550 {
9551     if ( m_table )
9552     {
9553         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9554         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9555         {
9556             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9557             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9558             {
9559                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9560                 rect.x = 0;
9561                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9562                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9563             }
9564         }
9565     }
9566 }
9567
9568 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9569 {
9570     if ( m_table )
9571     {
9572         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9573         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9574         {
9575             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
9576             {
9577                 GetColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
9578             }
9579             else
9580             {
9581                 wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9582                 if ( rect.width > 0 )
9583                 {
9584                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9585                     rect.y = 0;
9586                     rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9587                     GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
9588                 }
9589             }
9590         }
9591     }
9592 }
9593
9594 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9595 {
9596     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9597     {
9598         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9599
9600         if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
9601             RedrawGridLines();
9602     }
9603 }
9604
9605 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9606 {
9607     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9608     {
9609         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9610
9611         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9612         PrepareDC( dc );
9613         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9614         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9615         attr->DecRef();
9616     }
9617 }
9618
9619 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9620 {
9621     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9622     {
9623         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9624
9625         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9626         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9627         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9628         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9629         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9630             return;
9631
9632         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9633         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9634     }
9635 }
9636
9637 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9638 {
9639     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9640     {
9641         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9642
9643         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9644         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9645         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9646         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9647         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9648                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9649             return;
9650
9651         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9652         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9653     }
9654 }
9655
9656 void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines()
9657 {
9658     // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn
9659     if ( GetBatchCount() )
9660         return;
9661
9662     if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
9663     {
9664         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9665         PrepareDC( dc );
9666         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9667     }
9668     else // remove the grid lines
9669     {
9670         m_gridWin->Refresh();
9671     }
9672 }
9673
9674 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9675 {
9676     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9677     {
9678         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9679
9680         RedrawGridLines();
9681     }
9682 }
9683
9684 void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip)
9685 {
9686     if ( clip != var )
9687     {
9688         var = clip;
9689
9690         if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
9691             RedrawGridLines();
9692     }
9693 }
9694
9695 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9696 {
9697     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9698 }
9699
9700 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9701 {
9702     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9703
9704     return GetRowHeight(row);
9705 }
9706
9707 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9708 {
9709     return m_defaultColWidth;
9710 }
9711
9712 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9713 {
9714     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9715
9716     return GetColWidth(col);
9717 }
9718
9719 // ============================================================================
9720 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9721 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9722 // ============================================================================
9723
9724 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9725 // setting default attributes
9726 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9727
9728 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9729 {
9730     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9731 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9732     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9733 #endif
9734 }
9735
9736 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9737 {
9738     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9739 }
9740
9741 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9742 {
9743     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9744 }
9745
9746 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9747 {
9748     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9749 }
9750
9751 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9752 {
9753     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9754 }
9755
9756 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9757 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9758 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9759 // work correctly.
9760
9761 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9762 {
9763     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9764                      renderer,
9765                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9766 }
9767
9768 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9769 {
9770     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9771                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9772                      editor);
9773 }
9774
9775 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9776 // access to the default attributes
9777 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9778
9779 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9780 {
9781     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9782 }
9783
9784 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9785 {
9786     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9787 }
9788
9789 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9790 {
9791     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9792 }
9793
9794 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9795 {
9796     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9797 }
9798
9799 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9800 {
9801     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9802 }
9803
9804 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9805 {
9806     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9807 }
9808
9809 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9810 {
9811     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9812 }
9813
9814 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9815 // access to cell attributes
9816 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9817
9818 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9819 {
9820     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9821     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9822     attr->DecRef();
9823
9824     return colour;
9825 }
9826
9827 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9828 {
9829     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9830     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9831     attr->DecRef();
9832
9833     return colour;
9834 }
9835
9836 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9837 {
9838     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9839     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9840     attr->DecRef();
9841
9842     return font;
9843 }
9844
9845 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9846 {
9847     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9848     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9849     attr->DecRef();
9850 }
9851
9852 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9853 {
9854     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9855     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9856     attr->DecRef();
9857
9858     return allow;
9859 }
9860
9861 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9862 {
9863     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9864     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9865     attr->DecRef();
9866 }
9867
9868 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9869 {
9870     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9871     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9872     attr->DecRef();
9873
9874     return renderer;
9875 }
9876
9877 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9878 {
9879     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9880     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9881     attr->DecRef();
9882
9883     return editor;
9884 }
9885
9886 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9887 {
9888     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9889     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9890     attr->DecRef();
9891
9892     return isReadOnly;
9893 }
9894
9895 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9896 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9897 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9898
9899 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9900 {
9901     if ( !m_table )
9902     {
9903         return false;
9904     }
9905
9906     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9907 }
9908
9909 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9910 {
9911     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9912     {
9913         wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
9914         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9915         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9916         // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
9917         // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
9918         // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
9919         // to invalidate the cache  before calling wxSafeDecRef!
9920         wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
9921     }
9922 }
9923
9924 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9925 {
9926     if ( attr != NULL )
9927     {
9928         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9929
9930         self->ClearAttrCache();
9931         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9932         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9933         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9934         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9935     }
9936 }
9937
9938 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9939 {
9940     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9941     {
9942         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9943         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9944
9945 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9946         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9947 #endif
9948
9949         return true;
9950     }
9951     else
9952     {
9953 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9954         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9955 #endif
9956
9957         return false;
9958     }
9959 }
9960
9961 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9962 {
9963     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9964     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9965     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9966     if ( row >= 0 )
9967     {
9968         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9969         {
9970             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9971                            : NULL;
9972             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9973         }
9974     }
9975
9976     if (attr)
9977     {
9978         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9979     }
9980     else
9981     {
9982         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9983         attr->IncRef();
9984     }
9985
9986     return attr;
9987 }
9988
9989 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9990 {
9991     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9992     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9993
9994     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9995     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9996
9997     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9998     if ( !attr )
9999     {
10000         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10001
10002         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
10003         attr->IncRef();
10004         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10005     }
10006
10007     return attr;
10008 }
10009
10010 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10011 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10012 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10013
10014 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10015 {
10016     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10017 }
10018
10019 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10020 {
10021     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10022 }
10023
10024 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10025 {
10026     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10027     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10028     {
10029         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10030     }
10031
10032     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10033 }
10034
10035 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10036 {
10037     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10038     if (!attr)
10039         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10040     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10041     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10042     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10043     attr->SetEditor(editor);
10044
10045     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10046
10047 }
10048
10049 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10050 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10051 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10052
10053 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10054 {
10055     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10056     {
10057         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10058         ClearAttrCache();
10059     }
10060     else
10061     {
10062         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10063     }
10064 }
10065
10066 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10067 {
10068     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10069     {
10070         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10071         ClearAttrCache();
10072     }
10073     else
10074     {
10075         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10076     }
10077 }
10078
10079 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10080 {
10081     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10082     {
10083         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10084         ClearAttrCache();
10085     }
10086     else
10087     {
10088         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10089     }
10090 }
10091
10092 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10093 {
10094     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10095     {
10096         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10097         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10098         attr->DecRef();
10099     }
10100 }
10101
10102 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10103 {
10104     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10105     {
10106         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10107         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10108         attr->DecRef();
10109     }
10110 }
10111
10112 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10113 {
10114     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10115     {
10116         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10117         attr->SetFont(font);
10118         attr->DecRef();
10119     }
10120 }
10121
10122 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10123 {
10124     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10125     {
10126         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10127         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10128         attr->DecRef();
10129     }
10130 }
10131
10132 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10133 {
10134     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10135     {
10136         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10137         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10138         attr->DecRef();
10139     }
10140 }
10141
10142 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10143 {
10144     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10145     {
10146         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10147
10148         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10149         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10150         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10151         attr->DecRef();
10152
10153         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10154         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10155         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10156         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10157         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10158                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10159         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10160                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10161
10162         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10163         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
10164         {
10165             int i, j;
10166             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10167             {
10168                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10169                 {
10170                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10171                     {
10172                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10173                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10174                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10175                     }
10176                 }
10177             }
10178         }
10179
10180         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10181         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10182         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10183         {
10184             int i, j;
10185             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10186             {
10187                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10188                 {
10189                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10190                     {
10191                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10192                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10193                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10194                     }
10195                 }
10196             }
10197         }
10198     }
10199 }
10200
10201 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10202 {
10203     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10204     {
10205         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10206         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10207         attr->DecRef();
10208     }
10209 }
10210
10211 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10212 {
10213     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10214     {
10215         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10216         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10217         attr->DecRef();
10218     }
10219 }
10220
10221 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10222 {
10223     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10224     {
10225         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10226         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10227         attr->DecRef();
10228     }
10229 }
10230
10231 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10232 // Data type registration
10233 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10234
10235 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10236                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10237                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10238 {
10239     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10240 }
10241
10242
10243 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10244 {
10245     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10246     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10247 }
10248
10249 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10250 {
10251     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10252     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10253 }
10254
10255 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10256 {
10257     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10258     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10259     {
10260         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10261
10262         return NULL;
10263     }
10264
10265     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10266 }
10267
10268 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10269 {
10270     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10271     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10272     {
10273         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10274
10275         return NULL;
10276     }
10277
10278     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10279 }
10280
10281 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10282 // row/col size
10283 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10284
10285 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10286 {
10287     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10288 }
10289
10290 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10291 {
10292     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10293 }
10294
10295 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10296 {
10297     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10298 }
10299
10300 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10301 {
10302     m_canDragCell = enable;
10303 }
10304
10305 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10306 {
10307     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10308
10309     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10310     {
10311         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10312         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10313         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10314         // some speed optimisations)
10315         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10316         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10317         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10318             CalcDimensions();
10319     }
10320 }
10321
10322 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10323 {
10324     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10325
10326     // if < 0 then calculate new height from label
10327     if ( height < 0 )
10328     {
10329         long w, h;
10330         wxArrayString lines;
10331         wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
10332         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10333         StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
10334         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10335         //check that it is not less than the minimal height
10336         height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
10337     }
10338
10339     // See comment in SetColSize
10340     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10341         return;
10342
10343     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10344     {
10345         // need to really create the array
10346         InitRowHeights();
10347     }
10348
10349     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10350     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10351
10352     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10353     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10354     {
10355         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10356     }
10357
10358     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10359         CalcDimensions();
10360 }
10361
10362 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10363 {
10364     // we dont allow zero default column width
10365     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10366
10367     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10368     {
10369         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10370         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10371         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10372         // some speed optimisations)
10373         m_colWidths.Empty();
10374         m_colRights.Empty();
10375         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10376             CalcDimensions();
10377     }
10378 }
10379
10380 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10381 {
10382     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10383
10384     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10385     if ( width < 0 )
10386     {
10387         long w, h;
10388         wxArrayString lines;
10389         wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow);
10390         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10391         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10392         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10393             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10394         else
10395             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10396         width = w + 6;
10397         //check that it is not less than the minimal width
10398         width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
10399     }
10400
10401     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10402     //                                                                 (VZ)
10403     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10404     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10405     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10406     //
10407     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10408
10409     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10410         return;
10411
10412     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10413     {
10414         // need to really create the array
10415         InitColWidths();
10416     }
10417
10418     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10419     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10420     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10421
10422     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10423     {
10424         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10425     }
10426
10427     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10428     {
10429         CalcDimensions();
10430         Refresh();
10431     }
10432 }
10433
10434 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10435 {
10436     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10437     {
10438         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10439         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10440     }
10441 }
10442
10443 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10444 {
10445     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10446     {
10447         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10448         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10449     }
10450 }
10451
10452 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10453 {
10454     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10455     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10456
10457     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10458 }
10459
10460 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10461 {
10462     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10463     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10464
10465     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10466 }
10467
10468 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10469 {
10470     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10471     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10472     if ( width >= 0 )
10473         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10474 }
10475
10476 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10477 {
10478     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10479     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10480     if ( height >= 0 )
10481         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10482 }
10483
10484 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10485 {
10486     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10487 }
10488
10489 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10490 {
10491     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10492 }
10493
10494 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10495 // auto sizing
10496 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10497
10498 void
10499 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10500 {
10501     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10502
10503     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10504
10505     // cancel editing of cell
10506     HideCellEditControl();
10507     SaveEditControlValue();
10508
10509     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10510     int row = -1,
10511         col = -1;
10512     if ( column )
10513         col = colOrRow;
10514     else
10515         row = colOrRow;
10516
10517     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10518     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10519     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10520     {
10521         if ( column )
10522             row = rowOrCol;
10523         else
10524             col = rowOrCol;
10525
10526         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10527         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10528         if ( renderer )
10529         {
10530             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10531             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10532             if ( extent > extentMax )
10533                 extentMax = extent;
10534
10535             renderer->DecRef();
10536         }
10537
10538         attr->DecRef();
10539     }
10540
10541     // now also compare with the column label extent
10542     wxCoord w, h;
10543     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10544
10545     if ( column )
10546     {
10547         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10548         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10549             w = h;
10550     }
10551     else
10552         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10553
10554     extent = column ? w : h;
10555     if ( extent > extentMax )
10556         extentMax = extent;
10557
10558     if ( !extentMax )
10559     {
10560         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10561         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10562         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10563     }
10564     else
10565     {
10566         if ( column )
10567             // leave some space around text
10568             extentMax += 10;
10569         else
10570             extentMax += 6;
10571     }
10572
10573     if ( column )
10574     {
10575         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10576         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10577         // in SetColSize().
10578         if ( !setAsMin )
10579             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10580
10581         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10582         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10583         {
10584             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
10585             {
10586                 GetColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
10587             }
10588             else
10589             {
10590                 int cw, ch, dummy;
10591                 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10592                 wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10593                 rect.y = 0;
10594                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10595                 rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10596                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10597                 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
10598             }
10599         }
10600     }
10601     else
10602     {
10603         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10604         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10605         // in SetRowSize().
10606         if ( !setAsMin )
10607             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10608
10609         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10610         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10611         {
10612             int cw, ch, dummy;
10613             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10614             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10615             rect.x = 0;
10616             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10617             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10618             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10619             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10620         }
10621     }
10622
10623     if ( setAsMin )
10624     {
10625         if ( column )
10626             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10627         else
10628             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10629     }
10630 }
10631
10632 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10633 {
10634     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10635     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10636
10637     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10638                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10639     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10640
10641     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10642     //
10643     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10644     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10645     const bool
10646         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10647
10648     wxArrayString lines;
10649     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10650
10651     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10652     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10653     {
10654         lines.Clear();
10655
10656         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10657                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10658         StringToLines(label, lines);
10659
10660         long w, h;
10661         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10662
10663         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10664         if ( extent > extentMax )
10665             extentMax = extent;
10666     }
10667
10668     if ( !extentMax )
10669     {
10670         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10671         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10672         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10673                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10674     }
10675
10676     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10677     if ( calcRows )
10678         extentMax += 10;
10679     else
10680         extentMax += 6;
10681
10682     return extentMax;
10683 }
10684
10685 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10686 {
10687     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10688
10689     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10690     if(!calcOnly)
10691         locker.Create(this);
10692
10693     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10694     {
10695         if ( !calcOnly )
10696             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10697
10698         width += GetColWidth(col);
10699     }
10700
10701     return width;
10702 }
10703
10704 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10705 {
10706     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10707
10708     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10709     if(!calcOnly)
10710         locker.Create(this);
10711
10712     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10713     {
10714         if ( !calcOnly )
10715             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10716
10717         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10718     }
10719
10720     return height;
10721 }
10722
10723 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10724 {
10725     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10726
10727     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10728                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10729
10730     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10731     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10732     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10733     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10734
10735     // restore the scroll rate parameters overwritten by SetScrollbars()
10736     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
10737
10738     SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10739 }
10740
10741 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10742 {
10743     // Hide the edit control, so it
10744     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10745     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10746     {
10747         HideCellEditControl();
10748         SaveEditControlValue();
10749     }
10750
10751     // autosize row height depending on label text
10752     SetRowSize(row, -1);
10753     ForceRefresh();
10754 }
10755
10756 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10757 {
10758     // Hide the edit control, so it
10759     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10760     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10761     {
10762         HideCellEditControl();
10763         SaveEditControlValue();
10764     }
10765
10766     // autosize column width depending on label text
10767     SetColSize(col, -1);
10768     ForceRefresh();
10769 }
10770
10771 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10772 {
10773     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10774
10775     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10776     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10777     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10778                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10779
10780     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10781     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10782     // calculation.
10783     // CacheBestSize(size);
10784
10785     return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10786             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10787 }
10788
10789 void wxGrid::Fit()
10790 {
10791     AutoSize();
10792 }
10793
10794 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10795 {
10796     return wxNullPen;
10797 }
10798
10799 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10800 // cell value accessor functions
10801 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10802
10803 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10804 {
10805     if ( m_table )
10806     {
10807         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10808         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10809         {
10810             int dummy;
10811             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10812             rect.x = 0;
10813             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10814             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10815             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10816         }
10817
10818         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10819              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10820              IsCellEditControlShown())
10821              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10822              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10823              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10824         {
10825             HideCellEditControl();
10826             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10827         }
10828     }
10829 }
10830
10831 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10832 // block, row and column selection
10833 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10834
10835 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10836 {
10837     if ( !m_selection )
10838         return;
10839
10840     if ( !addToSelected )
10841         ClearSelection();
10842
10843     m_selection->SelectRow(row);
10844 }
10845
10846 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10847 {
10848     if ( !m_selection )
10849         return;
10850
10851     if ( !addToSelected )
10852         ClearSelection();
10853
10854     m_selection->SelectCol(col);
10855 }
10856
10857 void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10858                          bool addToSelected)
10859 {
10860     if ( !m_selection )
10861         return;
10862
10863     if ( !addToSelected )
10864         ClearSelection();
10865
10866     m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol);
10867 }
10868
10869 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10870 {
10871     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10872     {
10873         if ( m_selection )
10874             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10875     }
10876 }
10877
10878 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10879 // cell, row and col deselection
10880 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10881
10882 void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper)
10883 {
10884     if ( !m_selection )
10885         return;
10886
10887     const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
10888     if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() )
10889     {
10890         const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0));
10891         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
10892             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
10893     }
10894     else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() )
10895     {
10896         const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this);
10897         for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ )
10898         {
10899             const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i));
10900             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
10901                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
10902         }
10903     }
10904     //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction
10905     //      could have been selected anyhow
10906 }
10907
10908 void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row)
10909 {
10910     DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations());
10911 }
10912
10913 void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col)
10914 {
10915     DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations());
10916 }
10917
10918 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10919 {
10920     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10921         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10922 }
10923
10924 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10925 {
10926     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10927              ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10928                m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10929 }
10930
10931 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10932 {
10933     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10934              ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10935                col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10936                row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10937                col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10938 }
10939
10940 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10941 {
10942     if (!m_selection)
10943     {
10944         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10945         return a;
10946     }
10947
10948     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10949 }
10950
10951 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10952 {
10953     if (!m_selection)
10954     {
10955         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10956         return a;
10957     }
10958
10959     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10960 }
10961
10962 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10963 {
10964     if (!m_selection)
10965     {
10966         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10967         return a;
10968     }
10969
10970     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10971 }
10972
10973 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10974 {
10975     if (!m_selection)
10976     {
10977         wxArrayInt a;
10978         return a;
10979     }
10980
10981     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10982 }
10983
10984 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10985 {
10986     if (!m_selection)
10987     {
10988         wxArrayInt a;
10989         return a;
10990     }
10991
10992     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10993 }
10994
10995 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10996 {
10997     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
10998                                   m_selectedBlockBottomRight);
10999     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords,
11000                                   m_selectedBlockCorner);
11001
11002     m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
11003     m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
11004     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11005
11006     Refresh( false, &r1 );
11007     Refresh( false, &r2 );
11008
11009     if ( m_selection )
11010         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11011 }
11012
11013 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11014 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11015 //
11016 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11017                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11018 {
11019     wxRect resultRect;
11020     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11021     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11022     {
11023         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11024     }
11025     else
11026     {
11027         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11028     }
11029
11030     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11031     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11032     {
11033         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11034     }
11035     else
11036     {
11037         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11038         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11039     }
11040
11041     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11042     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11043     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11044     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11045     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11046
11047     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11048     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11049     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11050     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11051
11052     if (left > right)
11053     {
11054         int tmp = left;
11055         left = right;
11056         right = tmp;
11057
11058         tmp = leftCol;
11059         leftCol = rightCol;
11060         rightCol = tmp;
11061     }
11062
11063     if (top > bottom)
11064     {
11065         int tmp = top;
11066         top = bottom;
11067         bottom = tmp;
11068
11069         tmp = topRow;
11070         topRow = bottomRow;
11071         bottomRow = tmp;
11072     }
11073
11074     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11075     int cw, ch;
11076     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11077
11078     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11079     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11080     int gridOriginX = 0;
11081     int gridOriginY = 0;
11082     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11083
11084     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11085     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11086
11087     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11088     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11089
11090     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11091     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11092     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11093     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11094     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11095     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11096     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11097     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11098
11099     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11100     {
11101         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11102         {
11103             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11104                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11105             {
11106                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11107
11108                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11109                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11110                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11111                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11112                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11113                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11114                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11115                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11116             }
11117             else
11118             {
11119                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11120             }
11121         }
11122     }
11123
11124     // Convert to scrolled coords
11125     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11126     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11127
11128     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11129         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11130
11131     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11132     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11133     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11134     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11135
11136     return resultRect;
11137 }
11138
11139 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11140 // drop target
11141 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11142
11143 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11144
11145 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11146 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11147 {
11148     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11149 }
11150
11151 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11152
11153 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11154 // grid event classes
11155 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11156
11157 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11158
11159 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11160                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11161                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11162         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
11163           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
11164 {
11165     Init(row, col, x, y, sel);
11166
11167     SetEventObject(obj);
11168 }
11169
11170 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11171
11172 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11173                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11174                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11175         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
11176           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
11177 {
11178     Init(rowOrCol, x, y);
11179
11180     SetEventObject(obj);
11181 }
11182
11183
11184 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11185
11186 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11187                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11188                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11189                                                bool sel, bool control,
11190                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11191         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
11192           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
11193 {
11194     Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel);
11195
11196     SetEventObject(obj);
11197 }
11198
11199
11200 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11201
11202 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11203                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11204                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11205     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11206 {
11207     SetEventObject(obj);
11208     m_row = row;
11209     m_col = col;
11210     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11211 }
11212
11213 #endif // wxUSE_GRID